maharashtra krishna valley development corporation, pune ... · maharashtra krishna valley...

1 MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION , PUNE,-11

(A. Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)

Signature of Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer Mhaisal Elect & Mech Dn, Sangli

For Authorised Use only B-1 Type Tender No.

For 2012-2013

MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT

CORPORATION, PUNE ( Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking )

CHIEF ENGINEER (ELECTRICAL) HYDRO PROJECTS,

MUMBAI

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER,

CONSTRUCTION CIRCLE, KOLHAPUR

NAME OF DIVISION

MHAISAL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DIVISION , WARNALI, SANGLI.

TENDER DOCUMENTS

TENDER NO. B1 / EE / 2 / 2012-2013.

Name of Work : Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport

up-to site, loading & unloading of equipments / material,

insurance till taking over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6

MVA - Power transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary

transformer, XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting

,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits , fire

fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at

Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift

Irrigation Scheme.

Estimated Cost : 121.78 Lacks.

PRICE RS. 5,000/-




MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT

CORPORATION, PUNE

( Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking )

B-1 TENDER NOTICE NO. EE/ 2 /2012-13

Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up-to site,

loading & unloading of equipments / material, insurance till taking over by

MKVDC, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments,

33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary

transformer, XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water

supply arrangement to earth-pits , fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV

substation at Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift

Irrigation Scheme.

Downloaded by M/s. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sign & Seal of tenderer




INDEX

Section No. Particulars Page No.

I. Press Notice (Marathi & English) & Detailed

Tender Notice 4 to 11

II. Instructions to tenderers 12 to 32

III. B-1 Tender Form 33 to 41

IV. Schedule A 42 to 44

V. Schedule B 45 to 67

VI. Appendix 68 to 90

VII. Conditions of B-1 Contract 91 to 135

VIII. Special Conditions of Contract 136 to 177

IX. Technical Specifications 177 to 301

X. Guaranteed Technical Specification 302 to 345

XI. Drawings 346 to 347




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION ----IIII

PRESS NOTICEPRESS NOTICEPRESS NOTICEPRESS NOTICE

ANDANDANDAND

DETAILED TENDER NOTICEDETAILED TENDER NOTICEDETAILED TENDER NOTICEDETAILED TENDER NOTICE




ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÖSÉxÉÉ ¨É½þÉ®úÉ¹]õÅ EÞò¹hÉÉ JÉÉä®äú Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ ¨É½þÉ¨ÉÆb÷³ý, {ÉÖhÉä

(¨É½þÉ®úÉ¹]õÅ ¶ÉÉºÉxÉ +ÆMÉÒEòÞiÉ)

¤É-1 ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÖSÉxÉÉ Gò. <Ç<Ç/ 2/ 2012 - 13 Main Portal : http://maharashtra.etenders.in

MKVDC Portal : http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in

¨É½þÉ®úÉ¹]Åõ EÞò¹hÉÉ JÉÉä®äú Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ ¨É½þÉ¨ÉÆb÷³ýÉSªÉÉ´ÉiÉÒxÉä EòÉªÉÇEòÉ®úÒ +Ê¦ÉªÉÆiÉÉ, ¨½èþºÉÉ³ý Ê´ÉtÖiÉ ´É ªÉÉÆÊjÉEòÒ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ, ºÉÉÆMÉ±ÉÒ, nÖù®úv´ÉxÉÒ Gò. 0233-2302960, E-mail : [email protected] ½äþ ¨É½þÉ®úÉ¹]õÅÉiÉ ºÉÉ´ÉÇVÉÊxÉEò ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòÉ¨É Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉÉSªÉÉ xÉÉånùhÉÒEÞòiÉ +ºÉ±Éä±ªÉÉ + ´ÉMÉÇ {É®ú´ÉÉxÉÉvÉÉ®úEò Ê´ÉtÖiÉ EÆòjÉÉ]õnùÉ®úÉEòbÚ÷xÉ JÉÉ±ÉÒ±É xÉ¨ÉÚnù Eäò±ªÉÉ|É¨ÉÉhÉä EòÉ¨ÉÉSªÉÉ ¤É-1 ]õCEäò´ÉÉ®úÒiÉ iªÉÉÆSÉÒ {ÉÚ́ ÉÇ +½ÇþiÉÉ ÊxÉÎ¶SÉiÉ Eò®úhªÉÉºÉÉ`öÒ +ÉìxÉ±ÉÉ<ÇxÉ |ÉºiÉÉ´É ¨ÉÉMÉÊ´ÉiÉ +É½äiÉþ.

{ÉÚ́ ÉÇ +½ÇþiÉÉ nùºiÉÉ´ÉäVÉ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiÉºlÉ³ýÉ´É®ú Ênù. 30/04/2012 {ÉÉºÉÚxÉ 09/05/2012 {ÉªÉÈiÉ ={É±É¤vÉ ½þÉä́ ÉÚ ¶ÉEòiÉÒ±É.

+. Gò.

EòÉ¨ÉÉSÉä xÉÉ´É +ÆnùÉVÉÒiÉ ®úCEò¨É ¯û.

(±ÉIÉ)

<ºÉÉ®úÉ ®úCEò¨É ¯û. (±ÉIÉ)

EòÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ +´ÉvÉÒ

1 2 3 4 5 1 Ê´ÉºiÉÉ®úÒiÉ MÉ´½þÉhÉ ¡äòVÉ – 2 ={ÉºÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ ªÉÉäVÉxÉä

+ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ºÉÆiÉÖ±ÉxÉ VÉ±ÉÉ¶ÉªÉ {ÉÆ{ÉMÉÞ½þÉEò®úÒiÉÉ 33 Eäò´½þÒ Eò³ýªÉÆjÉ +É´ÉÉ®úÉiÉ 33/6.6 Eäò´½þÒ, 1600 Eäò´½þÒB ¶ÉCiÉÒ ®úÉäÊ½þjÉ, 33/0.433 Eäò´½þÒ, 63 Eäò´½þÒB ºÉ½þÉªªÉEòÉ®úÒ ®úÉäÊ½þjÉ, =SSÉ nùÉ¤É Eò³ýªÉÆjÉ ={ÉEò®úhÉä ´É <iÉ®ú +xÉÖ¹ÉÆPÉÒEò EòÉ¨Éä. – BCºÉB±É{ÉÒ<Ç {ÉÉì́ É®ú Eäò¤É±ºÉ, ¦ÉÚºÉÆ{ÉÇEòxÉ VÉÉ³ýÒ, Eò³ýªÉÆjÉ +É´ÉÉ®ú |ÉEòÉ¶É ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ, Eò³ýªÉÆjÉ +É´ÉÉ®ú +lÉÇ{ÉÒ]õ {ÉÉhÉÒ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ, +MxÉÒ¶É¨ÉxÉ ªÉÆjÉhÉÉ ªÉÉÆSÉä ºÉÆEò±{ÉxÉ, =i{ÉÉnùxÉ, {ÉÖ®ú́ É`öÉ, =¦ÉÉ®úhÉÒ, SÉÉSÉhÉÒ ´É EòÉªÉÉÇÎx´ÉiÉÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòÉ¨É.

121.78 ¯û. 121800/-

4 ¨ÉÊ½þxÉä

Ê]õ{É VÉä ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉEòÉ®ú {ÉÊ½þ±ªÉÉÆnùÉSÉ <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ |ÉÊGòªÉäiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ PÉäiÉ +É½äþiÉ iªÉÉÆxÉÉ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiÉ ºlÉ³ýÉ´É®ú Ênù±Éä±ªÉÉ ¨ÉÉMÉÇnù¶ÉÇEò iÉi´ÉÉxÉÖºÉÉ®ú |ÉlÉ¨É Êb÷ZÉÒ]õ±É ËºÉMÉxÉäSÉ®ú ºÉ]õÔÊ¡òEäò]õ, ªÉÖVÉ®ú +ÉªÉb÷Ò ´É {ÉÉºÉ´ÉbÇ÷ |ÉÉ{iÉ Eò¯ûxÉ PÉähÉä +É´É¶ªÉEò +É½äþ. <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ |ÉÊGòªÉÉ ºÉÆnù¦ÉÉÇiÉ ºÉ´ÉÇ ¨ÉÉÊ½þiÉÒ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiÉ ºlÉ³ýÉ´É®ú ={É±É¤vÉ +É½äþ. <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ (b÷É>ðxÉ ±ÉÉäb÷ / +{É ±ÉÉäb÷) ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ EòÉ½þÒ ºÉ½þÉªªÉiÉÉ +É´É¶ªÉEò +ºÉ±ªÉÉºÉ ¡òÉäxÉ xÉÆ. 020-41466666 <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ EòÉªÉÇ|ÉhÉÉ±ÉÒ ¨ÉnùiÉ EòIÉ, [email protected] ªÉÉÆSªÉÉ¶ÉÒ ºÉÆ{ÉEÇò ºÉÉvÉhªÉÉiÉ ªÉÉ´ÉÉ. ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ |ÉºiÉÉ´É ºÉÉnù®ú Eò®úhªÉÉºÉÉ`öÒ ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉEòÉ® ªÉÉÆxÉÒ Eäò±Éä±ªÉÉ +ÉÌlÉEò JÉSÉÉÇºÉ VÉ¤ÉÉ¤ÉnùÉ®ú xÉ ®úÉ½þiÉÉ EòÉähÉiÉÉ½þÒ BEò ËEò´ÉÉ ºÉ´ÉÇ |ÉºiÉÉ´É ¡äò]õÉ³ýhªÉÉSÉä ËEò´ÉÉ ºÉÆ{ÉÚhÉÇ |ÉºiÉÉ´É |ÉÊGòªÉÉ ®úqù Eò®úhªÉÉSÉä +ÊvÉEòÉ®ú ¨É½þÉ¨ÉÆb÷³ýÉxÉä ®úÉJÉÚxÉ ä̀ö´É±Éä +É½äþiÉ.

EòÉªÉÇEòÉ®úÒ +Ê¦ÉªÉÆiÉÉ, ¨½èþºÉÉ³ý Ê´ÉtÖiÉ ´É ªÉÉÆÊjÉEòÒ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ, ºÉÉÆMÉ±ÉÒ.




PRESS NOTICE MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT

CORPORATION, PUNE (A Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)

B-1 Tender Notice No. EE/ 2 / 2012 – 13

Main Portal : http://maharashtra.etenders.in

MKVDC Portal: http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in

Online pre-qualification documents are invited from the licensed Class ‘A’ electrical contractor

registered by PWD in Maharashtra for and on behalf of Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development

Corporation in B-1 form for the following work by the Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Elect. & Mech. Dn.,

Sangli. Ph. – 0233-2302960, E-mail : [email protected]

The blank pre-qualification document is available on web site from 30/04/2012 to 09/05/2012.

Sr.

No

Name of work Estimated

Cost Rs.

(Lakhs)

Earnest

Money Rs.

Time limit for

completion of

work from

date of work

order

1 2 3 4 5

I. Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch,

Supply, transport up to site, loading &

unloading of equipments / material, insurance

till taking over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments,

33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer &

33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer,

XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting

,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-

pits , fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV

substation at Balancing Reservoir for Extended

Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme

121.78 Rs.

1,21,800/-

4 months

The tenderers participating first time in e-Tendering process will have to procure Digital Signature

Certificate, Username & Password from competent authorities as per guideline mentioned on homepage

of the website.

All requisite information required for the submission of PQ document is available in the above

said website.

If any assistance is required regarding e-Tendering (upload / download) please contact Phone

No. 020-41466666, e-tendering help desk , [email protected],

The Corporation reserves the right to reject any or all the bids or annul the process without

assigning any reason and without being responsible for the cost incurred by the tenderer in preparing his

Bid.

Executive Engineer,

Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division,

Sangli.




DETAILED TENDER NOTICE MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, PUNE

(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)

B1 Tender Notice No. EE/ 2 / 2012 - 13 Main Portal : http://maharashtra.etenders.in

MKVDC Portal: http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in

Online digital signed pre-qualification documents are invited from the

licensed Class ‘A’ electrical contractor registered in Maharashtra for and on behalf of

Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation in B-1 form for the following

work by the Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli. Ph.

– 0233-2302960 , E-mail : eememd@gmail

The blank pre-qualification document is available on web site from 30/04/2012 to

09/05/2012.

Sr.

No.

Name of work

Estimated

Cost Rs.

(Lakh)

Earnest

Money

Rs.

(Lakh)

Time limit

for

completion

of work

from date

of work

order

Cost of

blank PQ

document

(Non-

refundable)

1 2 3 4 5 6

1. Design, manufacture ,test

before dispatch, Supply,

transport up-to site, loading

& unloading of equipments

/ material, insurance till

taking over by MKVDC,

Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV

substation equipments,

33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power

transformer & 33/0.433 KV

63 KVA -Auxiliary

transformer, XLPE Power

cable, And Switchyard

Lighting ,Earthmat ,water

supply arrangement to

earth-pits , fire fighting

equipments etc for 33/6.6

KV substation at Balancing

Reservoir for Extended

Gavan Phase -2 Lift

Irrigation Scheme

Rs.

121.78

Lakhs

Rs.

121800/-

4 months

Rs. 5000/-

(Rs. Five

thousand

only)




(A) P.Q. DOCUMENT SCHEDULE

Seq

No WRD Stage Contractor Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date & Time

1 Release Tender - 25/04/2012 11.00 30/04/2012 18.00

2 -

PreQual Document

Purchase

30/04/2012 18.01 09/05/2012 18.00

3 -

PreQual Document

Download & Online

Preparation

30/04/2012 18.01 14/05/2012 12.00

4

Close for

Bidding of

PreQual

- 14/05/2012 12.01 14/05/2012 18.00

5 - Re-encryption of

PreQual 14/05/2012 18.01 17/05/2012 12.00

6

PreQual

Document

Opening and

Shortlisting

-

17/05/2012 12.01 21/05/2012 10.00

1) The Pre-Qualification Document is available on e-tendering web site of MKVDC

Portal : http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in

2) The cost of Pre-Qualification Document is Rs.5000/- (Rs. Five Thousand Only). The

bidders are required to deposit this amount in any form in the name of Executive

Engineer, Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli on the No.

48712010000514 in IDBI Bank at Sangli, branch.

3) The scanned copy of proof of deposit of such amount should be uploaded. The

contractors whose pre-qualification document amount is not reflected in the IDBI

Bank at Sangli, branch, and account no. 48712010000514 will not be evaluated

further. The amount of P.Q document will only be accepted within purchase period

of P.Q document.

4) The scanned copy of the receipt towards the cost of PQ document be uploaded

along with document.

5) Hard copy of uploaded document along with supporting documents should be

submitted in the office of the Superintending Engineer, Construction Circle, Warna

Bhavan, Tarabai Park, Kolhapur – 416 003 Ph no. 0231-2652872 on or before the

last date and time of online submission of PQ document. The PQ document will be

rejected if cost of PQ document and hard copy as mentioned above, are not

received within stipulated time.




6) Pre-Qualification Document will be opened in the office of the Superintending

Engineer, Construction Circle, Kolhapur on dt. 17/05/2012 at 12.01 Hrs.

7) The bidder will have to prove his Financial and Technical capability by uploading the

necessary “Information/Documents” as mentioned in Pre-Qualification Document.

After scrutiny of the PQ document with supporting documents uploaded by the

bidder on website, a list of qualified bidder will be prepared and only qualified

bidder will be communicated in this regard. Pre-qualified bidders will be allowed to

participate in Price Bid by downloading the Price Bid document.

(B) PRICE BID DOCUMENT SCHEDULE

Seq

No WRD Stage

Contractor

Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date & Time

7 Main Tender

Preparation - 21/05/2012 10.01 25/05/2012 18.00

8 -

Main Tender

Document

Purchase

25/05/2012 18.01 29/05/2012 18.00

9 -

Main Tender

Document &

Online Bid

29/05/2012 18.01 02/06/2012 12.00

10 -

Main Tender

Schedule A

Document &

Online Bid

29/05/2012 18.01 02/06/2012 12.00

11

Close for

Bidding of

Main Tender

- 02/06/2012 12.01 02/06/2012 18.00

12 - Re-encryption

of Main Tender 02/06/2012 18.01 04/06/2012 12.00

13

Tender

Opening and

Shortlisting

(Technical)

- 04/06/2012 12.01 07/06/2012 18.00

14 Financial Bid

Opening - 04/06/2012 12.01 07/06/2012 18.00

15 Tender Award - 07/06/2012 18.01 14/06/2012 18.00

1. The Price Bid Document is available on e-tendering web site of MKVDC

Portal http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in




2. The cost of each price bid is Rs. 5000/- (Rs. Five Thousand Only). The bidders

are required to deposit this amount in any form in the name of Executive

Engineer, Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli on the No.

48712010000514 in IDBI Bank at Sangli, branch.

3. The scanned copy of proof of deposit of such amount should be uploaded.

The contractors whose price bid document amount is not reflected in the

IDBI Bank at Sangli, branch, and account no. 48712010000514 will not be

evaluated further. The amount of price bid document will only be accepted

within purchase period of price bid document.

4. The scanned copy of the receipt towards the cost of price bid document.

should be uploaded along with Price Bid document.

5. The scanned copy of the Bank Guarantee & DD should be uploaded along

with Price Bid document.

6. EMD in the form of Bank Guarantee in Original along with hard copy of

uploaded Documents as per Envelope No. I & II should be submitted in the

office of the Superintending Engineer, Construction Circle, Warana Bhavan,

Tarabai Park, Kolhapur – 416 003 Ph no. 0231-2652872 on or before the last

date and time of uploading of Price Bid. The Price Bid will be rejected if cost

of price bid document and EMD in the form of DD/Bank Guarantee in

Original along with hard copy as mentioned above are not received within

stipulated time.

7. Price Bid Document will be opened in the office of the Superintending

Engineer, Construction Circle, Kolhapur

8. The Pre Tender meeting of the Pre Qualified bidder will be held in the office

of the Chief Engineer, Electrical Hydro Projects, HSBC Bank Building, Fort,

Mumbai / Chief Engineer (Civil) Hydro Projects, Sinchan Bhavan, Barne Road,

Mangalwar peth, Pune 411 011 The date of pre-tender meeting shall be

communicated to all pre-qualified bidders in due course.




C) 1. All subsequent corrigendum/amendment shall be available only on

web site. Hence bidders are advised to visit web site until the Pre –

Qualification document / Price Bid is finally opened.

2. In case of any dispute between uploaded document and copy

submitted by bidder, Pre – Qualification document / Price Bid

Document uploaded by bidder on web site will be treated as final.

3. Bidders are not allowed to make any changes in the uploaded

document after last date and time of uploading. If found so, his

tender will be rejected outright & he will be liable for other legal

action

4. The Government reserves the right to reject any or all the bids or

annul the process without assigning any reason and without being

responsible for the cost incurred by the bidders in preparing his PQ

document / Price-Bid.

Executive Engineer

Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division,

Sangli.




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION ----IIIIIIII

INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDEREINSTRUCTIONS TO TENDEREINSTRUCTIONS TO TENDEREINSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERSRSRSRS




Instructions to Tenderers for e-tendering

The details can be viewed and downloaded online directly from the Government of

Maharashtra e-tender Portal http://maharashtra.etenders.in on Sub Portal of Maharashtra

Krishna Valley Development Corporation http :// mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in

1. Detail tender notice can be seen on the notice board in the office of the Executive

Engineer, Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli. Blank Price Bids are

available on the Government of Maharashtra website

http://maharashtra.etenders.in through Sub Portal of

http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in. The competent authority reserves all rights

of rejecting any or all tender without assigning any reason.

2. Only those tenderers who are short listed in pre-qualification stage are eligible for

participating in price bid. The cost of price bid is Rs. 5000 /- only. The bidders are

required to deposit this amount in any form in the name of Executive Engineer,

Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli on the no. no. 48712010000514 in

IDBI Bank at Sangli branch. EMD in the form of DD/Bank Guarantee in Original along

with hard copy of uploaded Documents as per Envelope No. I & II should be

submitted in the office of the Superintending Engineer, Construction Circle,

Kolhapur on or before the last date and time of uploading / online submission of

Price Bid. The Price Bid will be rejected if cost of price bid document and EMD in the

form of DD/Bank Guarantee in Original along with hard copy as mentioned above

are not received within stipulated time. EMD in the form of Bank Guarantee shall

also be scanned & uploaded in Envelope No. 1 without which Envelope No.2 will not

be opened.

3. It is necessary to give the undertaking as follows by the tenderer, that he will not

make any changes in tender documents downloaded from website. If it is done the

tender of such tenderer will be rejected and the tenderer who made such changes

are liable for action as per Rules. Tender documents published on website are

considered as authentic and legal documents in case of any complaint about the

tender.




4. It is necessary to give undertaking as follows "I have seen detailed drawings of

works on website. It is part of tender documents. I have visited the site and I am

well conversant to site condition. I have quoted my offer by considering all these

things. I am ready to sign the tender & drawings before depositing security deposit

and taking work order if my tender is accepted.”

5. In order to participate in the tenders floated using the Electronic Tender

Management System (ETMS), all bidders are required to get enrolled on the ETMS

portal http://mahrashtra.etenders.in

6. The bids submitted online should be signed electronically with a Digital Certificate to

establish the identity of the bidder bidding online. The tenderer has to obtain the

Digital Certificate. For information required for Digital Certificate he may contact

ETMS Help Desk.

7. For submitting the bids online, the bidders are required to make online payment

using the electronic payments gateway service Bid Submission Fee. The different

modes of electronic payments accepted on the ETMS are available and can be

viewed online on the ETMS Website httip://maharashtra.etenders.in.

8. The activities of Tender purchase/Download, Preparation of Bid (Submit Bid Hash

online), Submission of Bids, Submission of EMD and other Documents will be

governed by the time schedules given under “Key Dates”.

9. The Bidders has to submit (Upload, Scan, Copies/fill) his offer/credentials online as

required in the tender/prequalification in the online templates in relevant

envelopes.

10. The Bidders may refer e-Tendering Tool Kit available online to perform their online

activities http://maharashtra.etenders.in

11. Manner of submission of Price Bid & its accompaniments

The tenderer shall submit the tender documents in two sealed envelope system as

below.




Envelope No.1

The following documents shall be uploaded in envelope No.1

a) Scanned copy of receipt of Rs 5000 /- as cost of blank tender form.

b) Scanned copy of earnest money deposit in the form of demand draft / Bank

Guarantee.

c) Scanned copy of valid certificate of registration as licensed electrical

contractor issued by PWD of Government of Maharashtra.

d) Scanned copy of Details of Technical Personnel with tenderer (in Appendix

‘A’).

e) List of Machineries and Plants immediately available with the tenderer for

use on this work (in Appendix B).

f) Details of work of similar type and magnitude carried out by the tenderer

during last five years. (In Appendix C)

g) Details of other works tendered for and in hand on the date of submission

(in Appendix D).

h) List of machinery proposed to be used for work but not immediately

available (in Appendix E) .

i) Declaration of the Contractor (in Appendix F)

j) Scanned copy of the registration under clause No - 8 and 9 of the Value

Added Tax Act - 2005 is obligatory for registered contractor and the same

should be submitted in Envelope No.1. If not submitted 4% tax or as per rules

in force will be deducted from bills if contract is awarded.

k) Scanned copy of PAN card or attested copy of Income Tax return.

l) The Contractor shall have to produce the scan copy of the certificate of

Registration under sub-section (1) of section 5 of Maharashtra State Tax on

Professions, Trades, Callings and Employment Act 1975 ( see Rule 3 (2) from

the Professional Tax Office of the concerned district. The Contractor shall




have to submit scan copy of the information regarding proof of payment of

Professional Tax and clearance certificate in the format vide Appendix – I.

The list of all the employees shall also be uploaded in the same format as

prescribed in Appendix ‘A’ which shall include office and the field staff and

those operating machinery and equipment.

m) The tenderer shall submit scanned copy proof of payment of labour

provident fund as certified from the competent authority valid on the date

fixed for uploading of tender.

n) The tender shall submit scanned copy of tender forwarding letter in

Appendix K.

All the above documents shall be uploaded in the envelope No.1. If these

documents are not found, envelope No.2 will not be opened.

Envelope No.2

The second envelope shall contain the main tender including the common set of

conditions/ stipulations issued by the Corporation after the pre-tender conference

and scanned copy of bank guarantee for additional Earnest Money Deposit as

required. A tender submitted without this would be considered as invalid.

The tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage below or above of

estimated cost given in Schedule ‘B’ at appropriate place in B-1 form. The tenderer

should quote his offer which he is qualified. The tenderer should quote his offer for

whole otherwise will be treated as non-responsive and their offer will be rejected

out rightly. He should not quote his offer anywhere directly or indirectly in Envelope

No.1 failing which the Envelope No.2 shall not be opened and his tender shall stand

rejected. The Contractor shall quote for the work as per details given in the main

tender and also based on the common set of conditions issued / additional

stipulations made / or given for examination before submission of the tender by the

Corporation as informed to him from the Superintending Engineer, after pre-tender

conference . This tender shall be unconditional.

The envelope No 2 will also contain the following.




i) Special features, the tenderer feels worth mentioning about his offer.

ii) Guaranteed performance and technical particulars, including the drawings,

specifications of the equipment offered by the Tender.

iii) Bank Guarantee / DD for additional EMD.

12. SUBMISSION OF TENDER (Hard Copy)

The two sealed envelopes No.1 and 2 shall be sealed and again put together in one

common cover and sealed. This sealed cover shall be marked on the left top corner,

with the name of the work.

The full name and address of tenderer and the name of the authorized agent

delivering the sealed cover containing tender shall be written in the bottom left

hand corner. If submitted by post, the sealed envelope marked as above, shall be

enclosed in another cover properly addressed and shall be sent by Registered Post

Acknowledgement Due. The date and time for receipt of envelope containing tender

shall strictly apply in all cases. The tenderers should ensure that their tender is

received by the Officer, before the expiry of the date and time. No delay on account

of any cause will be entertained for the late receipt of the tender. Tender offered or

received after the stipulated date and time is over, will either not be accepted or if

inadvertently accepted, will not be opened and shall be returned to the tenderer

unopened.

13. Opening of tenders.

The bids will be opened on date and time as stipulated in detail tender notice in the

Office of The Superintending Engineer, Construction Circle, Kolhapur in the presence

of Tenderers or their authorized representatives, if they intend to remain present.

Following procedure will be adopted for opening of tenders.

Envelope No.1

First Envelope No.1 of the bid will be opened online to verify its contents as per

requirement. If various documents contained in this envelope do not meet the

requirement as mentioned in 11, then Envelope No.2 will not be opened.




Envelope No.2

This envelope shall be opened immediately after opening of Envelope No.1, only if

contents of Envelope No.1 are found to be acceptable to the Corporation.

14. Key Dates:

The tenderers are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times as indicated in the

Time Schedule in the Notice Inviting Tender. All the online activities are time tracked

and the e-Government Procurement System enforces time-locks that ensure that no

activity or transaction can take place outside the Start and End Dates and Time of

the stage as defined in the Notice Inviting Tenders.

(Note: - Award / Work Order will be done manually by The Department.)

15. The tenderers shall study the guidelines regarding e-tendering to get clarify e-

tendering procedure.

Guidelines to Contractors Regarding Government of Maharashtra – tendering

system

15.1. Registration of the Contractors:

The Contractors registered in Maharashtra in relevant categories and

Classes are eligible to participate in this open tender process. Contractors

are required to get enrolled on the Portal http://maharashtra.etenders.in

& sub portal http://mkvdc.maharastra.etender.in and get and empanelled

in relevant sub portal. After submitting their enrollment request online, the

enrollment shall be required to be approved by the Representative of the

Service Provider. After the approval of enrollment, the Contractors shall

have to apply for empanelment online which shall be required to be

approved by the Nominated Authority of Maharashtra/Department. Only

after the approval in the relevant Category / Class, the Contractor shall be

able to participate in the Open Tenders online. Open Tenders in which

eligible Contractors may enroll on the Portal in registered category shall be

able to participate in such Tenders. The online Enrollment of such




Contractors shall be required to be approved by the Representative of the

Service Provider. The approval of enrollment of Contractors is done by the

Representative of the Service Provider upon submission of mandatory

documents by the Contractors. The Contractors may obtain the list and

formats of required documents from the Nodal Officer of e-Tendering

System for Government of Maharashtra / Service Provider.

15.2. Obtaining a Class II – Digital Signature Certificate:

The Bids required to be submitted online should be signed electronically

with a Class II –Digital Signature Certificate to establish the identity of the

Bidder bidding online. These Digital Certificates are issued by an approved

Certifying Authority, authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities,

Government of India. A Digital Signature Certificate may be used in the

name of Authorized Representative of the Organization. A Digital Certificate

is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity proofs. Only upon the receipt

of the required documents, a Digital Signature Certificate can be issued. Bid

for a particular Tender may be submitted only using the Digital Signature

Certificate, which is used to encrypt the data and sign the hash during the

stage of Bid Preparation and Hash Submission. In case, during the process of

a particular Tender, the Authorized User loses his / her Digital Signature

Certificate (i.e. due to virus attack, hardware problem, operating system

problem); he / she may not be able to submit the Bid online. Hence, the

Authorized User is advised to back up his / her Digital Signature Certificate

and keep the copies at safe place under proper security to be used in case of

emergencies. In case of online tendering, if the Digital Signature Certificate

issued to the Authorized User of a Firm is used for signing and submitting a

Bid, it will be considered equivalent to a no objection certificate / power of

attorney to that User. The Digital Signature Certificate should be obtained

by the Authorized User enrolling on the behalf of the Firm on the e-

Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra. Unless the Digital

Signature Certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate




authority of the Authority User to bid on behalf of the Firm for the Tenders

processed by the Maharashtra as per Information Technology Act 2000. The

Digital Signature of this Authorized User will be binding on the Firm. It shall

be the responsibility of Partners of the Firm to inform the Certifying

Authority or Sub Certifying Authority, if the Authorized User changes, and

apply for a fresh Digital Signature Certificate. The procedure for application

of a Digital Signature Certificate will remain the same for the new

Authorized User.

• The same procedure holds true for the Authorized Users in a Private /

Public Limited Company. In this case, the Authorization Certificate will

have to be signed by the Directors of the Company. (process of

procuring Digital Certificate will take minimum 4/5 days)

15.3. Set up of Computer System:

In order to operate on the e-Tendering System for Government of

Maharashtra, the User’s Computer System is required to be set up. A Help

File on setting up of the Computer System can be obtained from the Service

Provider or downloaded from the Home Page of the Portal

http://maharashtra.etenders.in. The Bidders may refer e-Tendering Tool Kit

available online to perform their online activities as mentioned below. In

case of any query he may contact Help Desk for the same.

15.4. Online Viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders:

The Contractors can view the detailed Notice Inviting Tenders and the

detailed Time Schedule (Key Dates) for all the Tenders processed by

Maharashtra using the e-tendering System for Government of Maharashtra

on http://maharashtra.etenders.in.

15.5. Online Purchase / Download of Tender Documents:

The Tender documents can be purchased / downloaded by registered and

eligible Contractors from the e-Tendering System for Government of

Maharashtra available on http://maharashtra.etenders.in.




15.6. Submission of Bid Seal (Hash) of Online Bids:

Submission of Bids will be preceded by submission of the digitally signed Bid

Seals (Hashes) as stated in the Tender Time Schedule (Key Dates) in the

detailed Tender.

15.7. Generation of Super Hash:

After the expiry of the time of submission of digitally signed Bid Seals

(Hashes) by the Contractors has lapsed, the Bid round will be closed and a

digitally signed Super Hash will be generated by the Authorized Officers of

the Department. This is equivalent to sealing of the Tender Box.

15.8. Decryption and Re-encryption Online Bids:

Contractors have to decrypt their Bids and immediately re-encrypt their Bids

online and upload the relevant Documents for which they generated the

respective Hashes during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage

after the generation of Super Hash within the date and time as stated in the

Notice Inviting Tenders (Key Dates). The Bids of only the Contractors who

have submitted their Bid Seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time, as per

the Tender Time Schedule (Key Dates), will be accepted by the e-Tendering

System for Government of Maharashtra. A Contractor who has not submit

his Bid Seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time will not be allowed to

submit his Bid.

For submitting the Bids online, the contractors/bidders are required to

make online payment using the electronic payments gateway service Bid

Submission Fee. The different modes of electronic payments available on

the e-tendering portal.

15.9 Submission of Earnest Money Deposit:

Contractors have to submit the Earnest Money Deposit in a Sealed Physical

Envelope and the same should reach the Office of the concerned Official

before the last Date and Time as Stated in Tender Documents. Contractors




are required to keep their Earnest Money Deposit ready as the details of the

Earnest Money Deposit instrument are required to be entered during the

Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage. The details of the Earnest

Money Deposit shall be verified during the Tender Opening event and only

those Contractors whose online Earnest Money Deposit details shall be

found matching with the physical Earnest Money Deposit instrument shall

be short listed for opening of other envelopes.

16. Definitions and interpretations:

In this tender document the following terms shall have the meanings hereby

assigned to them except where the context otherwise requires.

a) “Corporation” shall mean the Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development

Corporation, Pune acting through its Executive Director, as defined in

Maharashtra Act XV of 1996.

Maharashtra Krishna valley Development Corporation, Pune is a body

corporate constituted under the Maharashtra Act XV of 1996 and has been

established by the notification published in the Gazette Irrigation

Department dated 04/04/1996. The head quarters of the Maharashtra

Krishna Valley Development Corporation, Pune (MKVDC, Pune or MKVDC for

short and hereinafter referred to only as Corporation) is Pune. The official

postal address for correspondence is

The Office of the Executive Director

Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation,

Sinchan Bhavan, Barne Road,

Mangalwar peth,

Pune-411 011

General Information:

The functions and powers of the Corporation have been listed in the

Maharashtra Act XV of 1996 .In general, it has been entrusted with the work

of investigation, Planning, Designing of projects, maintenance of completed




projects, construction of projects and irrigation management of the Major,

Medium and Minor projects ( command area more than 250 Ha.) in the

Krishna River Basin. The Projects comprise irrigation, along with command

area development and multipurpose schemes. The projects are to be

completed so as to utilize water in Krishna basin (about 599 TMC) allotted

to Maharashtra state by Krishna Water Dispute Tribunal. This work is to be

completed by 2000 AD. During the project time slice, it is expected to

increase the performance efficiency of the completed projects and to

complete further ongoing and new works, so as to utilize the 599 TMC of

water from Krishna basin.

b) Chief Engineer shall mean Chief Engineer (Elect.), Hydro Projects, Mumbai.

c) “Engineer / Engineer-in-charge” shall mean the Executive Engineer in

Charge of the works and shall also include the Superior Officers of the

Engineering Department i.e. the Superintending Engineer of respective

Circle / Chief Engineer.

d) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Deputy Engineer who is direct

in-charge of the works and shall include any Electrical Engineer of the

Corporation.

e) “Contractor” shall mean the person, firm or company who enters into

contract, with the Corporation and shall include their executors,

administrators, successors and submitted assignees.

f) “Contract” shall mean and include agreement having completely tender

document with specification & drawings.

g) “Work” shall mean the work to be executed in accordance with contract.

h) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for material and works as

specified in section XI of the contract.

i) “Drawing” shall mean prints of the maps, drawings, plans in section XII of

the contract and shall include any modifications of such drawing and any




further drawings as may be issued by the Engineer-in-Charge from time to

time.

j) “Site” shall mean the land and the other places on under, in which the

works are carried out, and any other lands or places provided by the

Corporation.

k) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 12 months from the date of

issue of completion certificate by the Engineer-in-charge.

16.2 Singular & plural:

Works importing the singular number shall also include the plural & vice

versa where the context requires.

16.3 Heading and Marginal Headings:

The headings & the marginal headings in the contract are solely for the

purpose of facilitating references and shall not be deemed to be part

thereof or taken into consideration in the interpretation construction

thereof or of the contract.

17 PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE:

1) Pre-tender conference open to all pre qualified tenderers which will be held

in the office as stated in detailed notice. Wherein the prospective tenderers

will have an opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the work and the

tender conditions.

2) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional clarification

either in writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given by the

Superintending Engineer, in writing and these clarifications referred to as

common set of conditions, shall form part of tender documents and which

will also be common and applicable to all tenderers.

3) The tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification

additional facility issued (if any) by the Corporation and this tender shall be

unconditional. Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected as non-

responsive.




4) All tenderers are cautioned that the tenders containing any deviation from

the contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements

and conditional tenders will be rejected as non responsive.

18 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF ENVELOPE NO - 1

Scanned Documents to be submitted in Envelope No. 1 online & in hardcopy shall

conform to the instructions given below.

i) a) EARNEST MONEY

The Tenderer shall pay the earnest money deposit in the form Demand Draft & Bank

Guarantee from any Nationalised/ Scheduled Bank on the branch situated in the

State of Maharashtra for a period of 120 days from the date of submission of tender

for an amount as stated in the Annexure A.

b) ADDITIONAL EARNEST MONEY

In case Contractor’s offer is less than 90% or more than 110% of the estimated cost,

additional earnest money in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee for a period of

120 days from the date of submission of tender and for an amount equal to the 10%

of the difference of the Contractor’s offer and 90% or more than 110% of the

estimated cost as stated above shall be uploaded in Envelope No.2. Non Submission

of Bank Guarantee will result into outright rejection of the tender.

The earnest money amount shall not carry any interest whatsoever. The earnest

money will be refunded ( and Bank Guarantee, if any, will be released) in the case

of tenderers whose tenders are not accepted, only after completion of all

formalities in respect of the accepted tender or in case of expiry of validity of offer,

when specially withdrawn by the tenderer. In the case of successful tenderer, the

earnest money will be refunded after completion of contract documents and

payment of security deposit or converted into Security Deposit if required.




ii)a) SECURITY DEPOSIT

The security deposit will have to be deposited in the form of D.D. / BG by the

Contractor at the time of completing the contract documents, if his tender is

accepted by the Corporation.

The earnest money deposited by the Contractor with his tender will be retained by

the Corporation as part of security deposit. The balance to make up this security

deposit may unless otherwise specified in the special conditions be deposited by the

Contractor in the form of D.D. The security deposit will be retained by the

Corporation for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor. In

addition to the sum above sums as Security Deposit will be deducted from running

account bills at the rate shown at Memorandum in B-1 tender from to total up to a

sum mentioned at Memorandum.

The securities deposit shall be valid up to expiration of warranty period.

b) ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT

In case Contractors offer is less than 90% or more than 110% of the

estimated cost, Additional Security Deposit in the form of irrevocable Bank

Guarantee for a period equal to period of contract and for an amount equal

to the 10% of the difference of the Contractors offer and 90% or more than

110% of estimated cost as stated above shall be submitted. Security

Deposit will be refunded after the expiry of the defect(s) liability

(maintenance) period as stipulated in the contract.

19 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF ENVELOPE NO. 2

Documents to be submitted in Envelope No.2 shall conform to the instruction given

below.

i) CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY:

The tenderer shall be deemed to have fully acquainted himself with the

work and site conditions and carefully examined the special conditions, the

specifications, schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have fully




informed himself regarding the locations conditions. The tenderer shall also

be deemed to have fully acquainted with the various activities and positions

of the manufacturer, supply of raw, semi- finished, finished, bought out

material and equipment etc.

ii) CONDITIONAL TENDER

Conditional Tenders will be summarily rejected. The tenders which do not

fulfill any of the conditions of the notified requirements laid down in this

detailed tender notice, the general rules and directions for the guidance of

the tenderer as mentioned in the B-1 form or are incomplete in any

respect , are likely to be rejected without assigning any reasons thereof.

iii) TENDER RATE

The tenderer should quote his offer for the items estimated cost, entered in

Schedule ‘B’, at appropriate place in B-1 form, both in figures as well as in

words in English. In case there is difference between the rates quoted as

expressed in words and in figures, the rates as expressed in words will be

taken as correct irrespective of whether it is lower or higher than that

expressed in figure.

iv) If the quoted offer by the tenderer is above or below 10% of the estimated

cost then the tenderer shall furnish his rate analysis for all items costing Rs.

50,000/- (Fifty Thousand Only) and above put to tender in Envelope No.2 in

justification of the workability of the rates . Tenderer shall also submit

additional information in the analysis of the rates wherever called for by the

Corporation, without which the offer will not be considered.

20. TENDER UNITS:

The tender has been invited under the Metric System of measurements. The

tenderer should particularly note the units mentioned in Schedule ‘B’ on which rates

are to be based.




21. VALIDITY FOR 120 DAYS.

The offer shall remain valid for a period of 120 (One hundred twenty days) from the

date of the opening of tender, and thereafter until it is withdrawn by notice in

writing by the tenderer, duly addressed to the authority and sent by R.P.A.D. If the

acceptance of tender is not communicated within 120 days or before and if the offer

is withdrawn by the Contractor as aforesaid earnest money paid shall be refunded in

full.




ANNEXURE – A

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT:-

Extended Gavan Phase-II Lift Irrigation Scheme Balancing reservoir Pump House is

located at Manerajuri in Taluka –Tasgaon, District- Sangli. Maharashtra Krishna

Valley Development Corporation has taken up the work of Extended Gavan Phase-II

Lift Irrigation Scheme Balancing reservoir Pump House at Manerajuri , Tal- Tasgaon ,

Dist -Sangli The Extended Gavan Phase-II Lift Irrigation Scheme Balancing reservoir

Pump House at Manerajuri in Sangli District envisages the lifting of water from

Balancing reservoir at Manerajuri. Extended Gavan Phase-II Lift Irrigation Scheme

irrigates 1213 Ha. of command area of Tasgaon Taluka of Sangli District. The Scheme

has been approved by Water Resources Department.

B) SCOPE OF THE WORK.

The biding document includes scope of work as below,

Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up to site, loading &

unloading of equipments / material, insurance till taking over by MKVDC, Erection,

Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA -

Power transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power

cable, And Switchyard Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits ,

fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at Balancing Reservoir for

Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme.

C) INFORMATION ABOUT WORK SITE :

1. Location of work : At village Manerajuri in Tal- Tasgaon

Dist-Sangli

2. Nearest Railway Station : Sangli

3. Roads : Sangli to Manerajuri to Gavan

4. Telephone & Telegram

Facility

: Manerajuri Tal. Tasgaon. Dist. Sangli.

5. Petrol & Diesel Pumps : Manerajuri




D) SERVICE CONDITIONS:

The equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for

satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

(i) Maximum ambient temperature in oC 45

(ii) Minimum ambient temperature in oC 15

(iii) Relative humidity in rainy season 50%

(iv) Averagae annual rainfall (in mm) 800 mm

(v) Maximum Wind Velocity 117 km/hr

1.0 Details of Work :

1.1 Name of Work : Design, manufacture ,test before

dispatch, Supply, transport up to site,

loading & unloading of equipments /

material, insurance till taking over by

MKVDC, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV substation

equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA -

Power transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63

KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE

Power cable, And Switchyard

Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water supply

arrangement to earth-pits , fire

fighting equipments etc. for 33/6.6

KV substation at Balancing

Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase

-2 Lift Irrigation Scheme




1.2 Estimate Cost : Rs. 121.78 Lakhs.

1.3 A) Earnest Money (EMD) (1%) :

a) In the form of DD. : Rs. 1,21,800/-

b) In the form of irrevocable

Bank Guarantee

: Rs. --

c) Total : Rs. 1,21,800/-

B) Additional EMD (if required) : Rs.

1.4 Security Deposit (5%) : Rs. 6,08,900/-

i) Initial (2.5%) : Rs. 3,04,450 /-

a) In the form of D.D. : Rs. 3,04,450 /-

b) In the form of irrevocable

Bank Guarantee

: Rs. -- /-

ii) From R.A. Bills (2.5%) : Rs. 3,04,450 /-

1.5 Additional (if required) : Rs.

1.6 Class of Contractor : ‘A’ Class Electrical Contractor

registered to P.W.D. Maharashtra.

1.7 Date , time and place of

conference

: The date shall be communicated to

all prequalified bidders in due course.

Pre-tender Place : Chief Engineer,

(Elect) Hydro Projects, HSBC Bank

Building, Fort, Mumbai




Chief Engineer (Civil) Hydro Projects,

Sinchan Bhavan, Barne Road,

Mangalwar peth, Pune 411 011

1.8 Period of Completion of Work : 4 Months.

1.9 Updated estimate cost of the

work based upon Schedule of

Rates for the year when tenders

were invited

:

1.10 Name & Address of the

Executive Engineer in charge of

work in whose name earnest

money and security deposit is to

be pledged.

: Executive Engineer,

Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical

Division, Sangli. 416 415.

1.11 Name & address of the officer

receiving and opening the

bidding document

: Superintending Engineer,

Construction Circle,

Kolhapur




SECTION IIISECTION IIISECTION IIISECTION III

BBBB----1 TENDER FORM1 TENDER FORM1 TENDER FORM1 TENDER FORM




SECTION - III

B- 1 TENDER FORM

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

CIRCLE: - Construction Circle, Kolhapur.

DIVISION: - Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical Division Sangli.

General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractors

1. All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in a form of

invitation to tender notice pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Executive

Engineer and signed by the Executive Engineer.

This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and

opening tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of

the earnest money and additional earnest money if required to be deposited with

the tender and the amount of the security deposit and addition security deposit if

required to be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage if any to be

deducted from bills. Copies of the specification, designs and drawings, estimated

rates scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with the

works shall be signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification and

shall also be open for inspection by contractors at the office of the Executive

Engineers during office hours.

Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications

recommended by a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of

the corporation such specifications with designs and drawing shall form part of the

accepted tender.

1. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, It must be signed by each

partner thereof, and in the event of the absence of any partner, It shall be signed on

his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him to do so.

2A The contractors shall pay along with the tender the sum as stipulated in Annex 'A' to

section I as and by way of earnest money. The contractor may pay the and amount

by forwarding along with the tender demand draft drawn on bank and in favour of

the Executive Engineer as indicated in Annex A of Detailed Tender Notice.




ii) The contractor shall also enclose irrevocable bank guarantee of sum as stipulated in

Annex A Sr. No. 1.4 if his offer is less than 90% or more than 110% of the updated

estimated cost as stated at Sr. No. 1.9 Annex. A . The said amount of earnest money

shall not carry any interest whatsoever.

iii) If after submitting the under the contractor withdraws his offer, or modifies the

same or if after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or neglects to

furnish the balance of security deposit without prejudice to any other rights and

powers of the Corporation hereunder of in law. Corporation shall be entitled to

forfeit the full amount the earnest money and the additional Ernest money

deposited by him

iv) In the event of this tender not being accepted the amount of earnest money

deposited by the contractor shall unless it is prior thereto forfeited under the

provision of sub-clause (iii) above be refunded to him on his passing receipt

therefore.

2. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm

should also be signed by all the partners except where the contractors are described

in their tender as firm which case the receipt shall be signed in the name of the firm

by one of the partners or by some other person having authority to give effectual

receipts of the firm.

3. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up usual printed form stating at what

percentage above or below the rates specified in Schedule-B (memorandum

showing items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake the work. The

person who submits the tender shall also fill up printed form of schedule-B part-II

Anticipated additional items as foreseen by the tenderer wherein the tenderer shall

mention item wise quantity, rate and amount as assessed by him. However the

percentage above or below the rates specified in Schedule-B (Memorandum

showing items of works to be carried out) he is willing to undertake the work, shall

be applicable only for the items, rates and quantities stipulated in Schedule-B part –

I. Only one percentage on all the estimated rates shall be named. Tenderers who

propose any alternation except in connection with Schedule –B part –II Anticipated

additional items as foreseen by the tenderer in the works specified in the said form

of invitation to the tender or in the time allowed or carrying out the work or which




contain any other conditions of any sort other than those specified in this tender

documents will be liable to rejection. No printed form of tender shall include a

tender for more than one work but if contractor who wishes to tender two or more

works they shall submit a separate tender for each. Tenders shall have the name

and number of the work to which they refer, written outside the envelope.

4. The officer indicated in Annex 'A' to Section I - detailed Tender Notice shall open

tender in the presence of contractors who have submitted / uploaded tenders or

their representatives who may be present at the time and he will enter the amount

of the several tenders in the comparative statement in a suitable form in the event

of tender being accepted the contractor shall for the purpose of identification sign

copies of the specifications and other documents mentioned in Rule 1 in event of

tender being rejected the competent officer shall refund the amount of the earnest

money deposited by the contractor on his giving a receipt for the return of money.

5. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all

or any of the tenders.

6. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to

any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on

corporation unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.

7. No materials of any type required for the work shall be supplied by the Corporation.

All the work shall be executed by the Tenderers with his own material(s). The

memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in and completed by the

office of the Executive Engineer before the tender own is issued. If a form issued to

an intending tenderer has not been so filled in and completed he shall request the

said office to have this done before he completes and delivers his tender.

8. All work shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules and

customs of the Corporation and without reference to any local custom.

9. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim entered for items

in this contract.

11. All corrections additions or pasted slips should be initialed.




12. The measurements of work shall be taken according to the usual methods a use in

the Corporation and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted.

The Executive Engineer's decision as to what is the usual method in use in the

corporation will be final.

The measurements shall be recorded in the measurement Book (MB) on the basis of

Field Book (FB) (for leveling purpose) in black ink. The all(s) FB(s) shall be the

property of corporation. The rules of measurements as stipulated in the MPW

Manual shall be applicable "Mutatis - Mutandis" On completion of the work /

termination of contract, the MS(s) & FB(s) shall be property of the Corporation.

The contractor shall submit certified (certified by the concerned SDO/SDE/EE-1/AEE)

copies of the measurement sheet(s) related to the R.A. bill/Final bill along with the

R.A. Bill / Final Bill, without which his R.A. Bill / Final bill shall not be considered for

payment.

13. In view of the difficult position regarding the availability of foreign exchange foreign

exchange would be released by the Corporation for the purchase of plant &

machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for.

14. The contractor will have to construct shed for storing controlled and valuable

materials at work site having double locking arrangement. The materials will be

taken for use in the presence of the Corporation person. No materials will be

allowed to be removed from the site of works without prior permission of Engineer-

in-charge.

15. Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting

authority a valid and current license issued in his favour under the provision of

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition Act, 1970) before starting work failing

which acceptance of the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money will

be forfeited to Corporation.

16. The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the apprentice act 1961 & rules &

orders issued here under from time to time. If he fails to do so his failure will be a

breach of the contract and the Chief Engineer / S. E. may in his discretion cancel the

contract the contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on

account of any violation by him of the act.




B-1 TENDER FORM

PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER & CONTRACT FOR WORKS.

Tender for works

1. I/We hereby tender for the execution for the

Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development

Corporation ( here-in-before and here-in-after

referred to as Corporation ) of the work

specified in memorandum as enclosed within

the time specified in such memorandum at ----

-----%--------------------------------------------------

percent below / above the estimated rates

entered in Schedule 'B' and in accordance in

all respects with the specifications designs,

drawings and instructions in writing referred

to in Rule 1 hereof.

In figure as well as in

words

2. I/We agree that the offer shall remain open

for acceptance for a minimum period of 120

days from the date fixed for opening the same

& thereafter until it is withdrawn by me/us by

notice in writing duly addressed to the

authority opening the tenders and sent by

registered post AD or otherwise delivered at

the office of such authority. Demand Draft on

IDBI Bank Sangli or any Scheduled Bank

payable at Sangli respect to the sum of Rs. ----

------------------------ in words Rupees --------------

-------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------

------- representing the earnest money is

herewith forwarded. Additional earnest

Amount to be specified

in words & in figures




money in the form of Bank Guarantee as

required in view of offer being lower than

10% below the updated estimated cost or

more than 10% above of the updated

estimated cost as stated at Sr. No.1.9 of

Annex 'A' is also enclosed. The amount of

earnest money shall not bear interest and

shall be liable to be forfeited to the

corporation should I/We fail to (i) abide by the

stipulation to keep the offer open for the

period mentioned above or (2) sign &

complete the contractor documents as

required by the Engineer & furnish the

security deposit & additional security deposit

if any as specified in Sr. No. 1.4 (I) & (II) & 1.5

at Annexure-A of the memorandum enclosed

within the time limit laid down in clause (a) of

conditions of contract. The amount of earnest

money may be adjusted towards the security

deposit or refunded to me/us if so desired by

me/us in, writing, unless the same any part

thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.

3. Should this tender be accepted I/we hereby

agree to abide by and fulfill and the terms &

provisions of the conditions of Contract

Special conditions of contract included in this

booklet to Corporation the sum of money

mentioned in the said conditions.




MEMORANDUM

a) General Description : Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch,

Supply, transport up to site, loading &

unloading of equipments / material,

insurance till taking over by MKVDC, Erection,

Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV substation

equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power

transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary

transformer, XLPE Power cable, And

Switchyard Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water supply

arrangement to earth-pits , fire fighting

equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at

Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan

Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme.

b) Estimated Cost. : Rs. 121.78/ Lakhs

c) Earnest money ( EMD ) : Rs. 1,21,800/-

i) Rs.1,21,800/- in D.D. only

ii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee (B.G.) of Rs. --

/- from any Nationalised or Schedule

Bank’s Branch situated in State of

Maharashtra.

d) Additional Earnest money in the

form of Bank Guarantee if

required.

: Rs. --

e) Security Deposit (SD) : Rs. 6,08,900/-5

i) Initial ( In cash) i) Rs 3,04,450/ in D.D. &

ii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee (B.G.) of

Rs. -- /- from any Nationalised or

Schedule Bank’s Branch situated in State

of Maharashtra.




ii) To be deducted from R.A.

bills

Rs. 3,04,450/-

f) Additional SD in the form of Bank

Guarantee if required.

: --

g) Percentage, if any, to be

deducted from bills so as to make

up the total amount required as

Security Deposit by the time, half

the work as measured by the cost

is due.

: 5% ( Five percent )

h) Time allowed for the work from

date of written order to

commence.

: 4 (Four) calendar Months

Signature of Contractor Signature of Witness

Address Address

Date Day of Occupation

The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the Corporation.

Date Day of Signature of the officer

( To be filled by tenderer ) by whom accepted




SECTION IVSECTION IVSECTION IVSECTION IV

SCHEDULE SCHEDULE SCHEDULE SCHEDULE ---- AAAA




SCHEDULE – A (Not Applicable)

NAME OF WORK :

Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up to site, loading & unloading

of equipments / material, insurance till taking over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer &

33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting

,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits , fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6

KV substation at Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme.

Schedule showing (approximately) the material to be supplied from the stores for the work

contracted to be executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for.

Sr.

No.

Particulars Quantities Rate at which the material will

be charged to the contractor

Place of

Delivery

Unit Rate

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Note:

The person of the firm submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above

schedule are filled up to date by the Executive Engineer, In charge on the form prior to the

submission of the tender.




CONDITIONS FOR SCHEDULE – A (Not applicable)

Note:-

1) The person or firm submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above

schedule are filled up by the Engineer-in-charge. on the issue of the form prior to

the submission of tender.

2) The cost of cement shown above is inclusive of cost of empty cement bags. The

empty cement bags need not be returned to the Corporation by the contractor.

3) The charges for conveyance of the materials from the place of delivery to site of

work will be borne by the contractor. All the materials shall be made available for

delivery on working days during the office hours.

4) The quantities in Schedule 'A' are approximate and may vary according to the actual

and confide use in this work.

5) All the materials mentioned in Schedule 'A' required for the work shall be taken

from the Corporation only. The materials from the outside sources in lieu of

materials from the outside sources in schedule 'A' shall not be allowed to be used

except under writing permission from the Executive Engineer. The sample of such

material shall be tested all contractors cost. The materials not conforming to the

required standard shall be removed by the contractor at once from the site of the

work at his cost.

6) The materials viz. cement, steel etc. lying unused with the contractor after

completion of the work and if they are not returned, the contractor shall pay for

such materials at] double the rate at which the materials were issued to him.

Recovery of S.T. and G.T on the cost of surplus materials which are not returned by

the contractor will be levied) as applicable and as per rules.

7) The contractor will have to construct a shed with double locking arrangement at his

own cost.

8) The contractor shall submit an account of all materials issued to him from time to

time and whenever demanded and before final bill is produced. Materials that

cannot be accounted for shall be recovered from him at penal rates as may be

decided by the Executive Engineer.

9) Claim for extra payment on delay in supply of these materials will not be

entertained.

10) Proper account of day to day consumption of materials issued as per Schedule 'A'

be maintained by the contractor or his authorized representative on site and it

shall be checked by the Corporation Officer even,' day in token of its correctness.




SECTION VSECTION VSECTION VSECTION V

SCHEDULE SCHEDULE SCHEDULE SCHEDULE ---- BBBB




SCHEDULE – B

Name of Work :- Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up to site, loading & unloading

of equipments / material, insurance till taking over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing &

Commissioning of 33 KV substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer &

33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting

,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits , fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6

KV substation at Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme.

Qty. Description Rate (Rs.) Unit Amount (Rs.)

PART-I

33 KV Switchyard Equipments at

Balancing Reservoir -

1 Item No :1

Supplying & erecting 33 / 6.6 KV,

1600 KVA, 3ph. 50 Hz, ONAN, with

OLTC (- 10 % to + 10 %) outdoor

Power Transformer with all fitting and

standard accessories and first filling of

Oil etc. complete.

3709589.47 No 3709589.47

1 Item No :2

Supplying & erecting 33 / 0.415KV, 63

KVA, 3ph. 50 Hz, ONAN, with OLTC (-

10 % to + 10 %) outdoor Station

Transformer with all fitting and

standard accessories and first filling of

Oil etc. complete.

313781.06 No 313781.06





1 Item No :3

Supplying & erecting 36 KV rated,

insulation class, BIL 170 KV peak, 630

A, 17.5 KA breaking capacity, 3-

Phase 50 Hz, Triple Pole, gang

operated mechanism, outdoor

Vaccum Circuit breaker, with support

structure etc. complete.

1790582.93 1790582.93

3 Item No :4

Supplying & erecting 36 KV insulation

class 17.5 KA single phase, 50 Hz, four

core, hermetically sealed, outdoor

type Current Transformer. having

current ratio 50/1/1/1/1 Amp. etc.

complete.

105988.27 No 317964.81

3 Item No :5

Supplying & erecting 36 KVA rated

insulation class, single phase, 50 Hz,

two core, hermetically sealed, outdoor

type Potential Transformer having

voltage ratio 33 kV /√3 / [110 V/√3 +

110V/√3]

75307.43 No 225922.29

1 Item No :6

Supplying & erecting 36 KV rated

insulation class, BIL 170 KV peak, 17.5

KA breaking capacity, 3-Phase, 50 Hz,

146884.66 No 146884.66





200 A, double break centre post

rotating, manually gang operated, turn

and twist type with reduction gear

mechanism, outdoor type Isolator

With Earth Blades, etc. complete.

2 Item No :7


insulation class, BIL 170 KV peak, 17.5

KA breaking capacity, 3-Phase, 50 Hz,

200 A, double break centre post

rotating, manually gang operated, turn

and twist type with reduction gear

mechanism, outdoor type Isolator

Without Earth Blades, etc. complete.

139390.54 No 278781.08

1 Item No :8

Supplying & erecting of Horn Gap

Type fuse Unit Suitable for 33 KV

Supply.

17985.88 No 17985.88

6 Item No :9


insulation class, BIL 170 KV peak,

single phase, 50 Hz. station class, gap

less type, outdoor Lightening Arrestor

along with surge counter and

insulating base plate etc. complete .

35671.99 No 214031.94





1 Item No :10

Supplying & erecting 33/3.3 KV

Transformer Control & Relay panel

734423.29 Set 734423.29

9.071 Item No:11

Supplying & erecting Galvanised steel

structure for 33 KV sub station

Equipments

157376.42 MT 1427561.51

0.907 Item No :12

G I Hardware for GI Lattice type steel

structure

172364.65 MT 156334.74

Item No :13

Supplying & erecting LT PVC armoured

cable copper conductor complete

erected with glands & lugs, on wall /

trusses/pole or laid in provided

trench/ pipe.

400.00 a) 2C x 2.5 mm2 150.61 Mtr. 60244.00

500.00 b) 4C x 2.5 mm2 209.19 Mtr. 104595.00

150.00 c) 7C x 2.5 mm2 390.48 Mtr. 58572.00

500.00 d) 12C x 2.5 mm2 550.86 Mtr. 275430.00

200.00 e) 15C x 2.5 mm2

757.26 Mtr. 151452.00





1 Item No :14

Supplying & erecting Ferruls, cable

glands, cable lugs etc. (Rate as per1%

of Above Item 13 (i.e. on Rs

=650293.82)

6502.94 Lot 6502.94

Item No :15

Supplying & erecting Galvanised cable

trays 16 SWG for laying L.T. Power and

control cables

150.00 a)200 mm width 644.49 Mtr. 96673.50

200.00 b) 300 mm width Switchyard to

Pump house Two Tier

869.32 Mtr. 173864.00

1.00 Item No :16

Supplying & erecting Marshalling box

for equipment in bay with associated

wiring /cabling etc. complete.

20234.11 No 20234.11

0.17 Item No :17

Supplying and erecting ACSR

conductor of size 6/1-3.66 mm (Mink)

complete. (255 Kg/meter). As per

Specification No. OH-CON / ACSR.

53226.51 KM 9048.51

15 Item No :18

Supplying and erecting porcelain disc

type insulator, suitable for 33 KV line

complete.

2699.64 No 40494.60





0.62 Item No :19

Supplying and erecting hard drawn 8

SWG G.I. Wire for shielding purpose.

complete erected for overhead line

with proper size of G.I. wire for

binding with jumpering etc.

9430.66 KM 5847.01

1381 Item No :20

Iron Work for Trays :-

Supplying and erecting iron work for

G.I. perforated cable tray supports,

complete with bending, cutting,

drilling and welding complete at the

position with necessary material duly

painted with one coat of red oxide and

two coats of enamel paint to match as

per direction of authority.

101.08 kg 139591.48

90.00 Item No:21

Supplying & erecting 3 x 70 sq mm

6.35 / 11 kV,(E) XLPE armoured cable

on wall/ceiling or laid in provided

trench / pipe

795.24 Mtr. 71571.60

2.00 Item No:22

Providing and erecting Heat shrinkable

indoor termination kit for 6.6 / 11

kV,(E) XLPE HT cable 3x70 to 120 sq.

mm. with necessary material

8530.94 No 17061.88





95.00 Item No:23

Supplying & erecting PVC armoured

cable 3 1/2 core 35 sq mm aluminium

conductor with continuous 5.48 sq

mm (12 SWG) G.I. earth wire complete

erected with glands & lugs, on wall/


trench/ pipe

243.27 Mtr. 23110.65

2.00 Item No :24

Providing & erecting epoxy

outdoor/indoor end termination kit

for LT PVC armoured cable 25 to 50

sq.mm. cable, with necessary material.

423.42 No 846.84

1.00 Item No :25

Supplying Spares for Power

transformer, Vacuum Circuit breaker

Isolator Transformer control and relay

panel etc.(3% of cost of Item No. 1

,2,3,6,7,10 ) i.e. on Rs (3709589.47 +

313781.06 + 1790582.93 + 146884.66

+ 278781.08 + 734423.29 =

6974042.49 ) +

Add Cost of 1 No of Spare Current

Transformer (cost as per item No 4

=105988.27)

315209.54 L /S 315209.54





1.00 Item No :26

Electrical Inspector's charges of

Inspection

(By considering Rate per Bay = Rs

50000/-)

50000.00 L /S 50000.00

PART – I Total Rs. 10954193.32

PART- II

Lighting for 33 KV Sub Station at

Balancing Reservoir

4.00 Item No :27

Supplying & erecting H.P.S.V. lamp

threaded type 230V, 150W [SON T

type.]

551.49 No 2205.96

4.00 Item No :28

Supplying & erecting street light 150W

H.P.S.V. lamp fitting on provided

bracket.

2960.33 No 11841.32

4.00 Item No :29

Supplying and erecting street light

bracket for single fitting made from 40

mm. dia B class G.I. pipe,1.0 m. in

length along with pole cap of 300 mm

length 100 mm dia duly welded

646.96 No 2587.84





4.00 Item No :30

Supplying and erecting steel tubular

swaged pole 139.7 x 114.3 x 88.9 mm.

dia with 4.5x3.65x3.25 mm thickness

(5 + 1.75 + 1.75 mtr) length

respectively and total 8.5 m long with

pole cap, base plate in provided

foundation.(weight 109 kg.)

9419.98 No 37679.92

4.00 Item No :31

Providing cement concrete foundation

including excavation for the poles 60

cms. x 60 cms. x 1.5 mtr. deep in 1:3:6

cement concrete (20 x 25 mm. stone

metal) and 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm /45

cm. dia. x 45 cm. height plinth duly

plastered and with necessary curing

and finishing in an approved manner.

2065.10 No 8260.4

19.00 Item No :32

Supplying & erecting G.I. pipe ‘A’

grade 40 mm dia.erected for enclosing

PVC armoured cable on wall/pole

195.44 Mtr 3713.36

4.00 Item No :33

Supplying & erecting FRP box of size

250mm x 200mm x 100 mm., 2.7 mm

thick complete on pole

493.27 No 1973.08





4.00 Item No :34

Supplying, erecting & marking DPMCB

6 A to 32 A B- series (for lighting) in

provided distribution board

419.52 No 1678.08

4.00 Item No :35

Supplying and erecting pipe type

earthing with 40mm.dia. G.l. pipe or

20 mm dia. G.l. Rod complete with all

materials

812.09 No 3248.36

1.00 Item No :36

Supplying and erecting double pole

metal /iron clad switch with H.C. type

fuse and neutral link 250V, 32A on

iron frame/board

681.99 No 681.99

1.00 Item No :37

Supplying, erecting & marking DPMCB

6A to 32A, C- series (for motor/power)

in provided distribution board

477.84 No 477.84

1.00 Item No :38

Supplying & fixing CRCA sheet Box

with earthing terminals for housing 2

Pole RCCB/RCCB+MCB complete on

iron frame/laminated board.

327.25 No 327.25





84.00 Item No :39


cable 2 core 4 sq mm copper

conductor continuous 5.48 sq mm (12

SWG) G.I. earth wire complete erected

with glands & lugs, on wall/


trench/ pipe

145.78 Mtr 12245.52

84.00 Item No :40


cable 2 core 2.5 sq mm copper





trench/ pipe

118.21 Mtr 9929.64

12.00 Item No :41

Supplying & erecting Siemens type

brass cable glands for 2 to 4 core 2.5

sq mm /2 to 4 core 4 sq mm /2 core

6sq mm for PVC armoured cable

28.55 Mtr 342.60

38.00 Item No :42

Supplying & erecting mains with 2x2.5

sq.mm F.R.L.S stranded/solid copper

PVC insulated wire laid in provided

conduit/trunking/inside pole/Bus bars

or any other places.

46.10 Mtr 1751.80





71.00 Item No :43

Making the trench in Hard murum/Tar

road of suitable width and depth for

laying provided L.T cable up to 10

sq.mm.complete.

88.11 Mtr 6255.81

PART – II Total Rs. 105200.77

PART- III

Earthmat for 33 KV sub station at

Balancing Reservoir

6306.0

0

Item No :44

Supplying & erecting Iron Work for

earth mat Complete With bending

Cutting Drilling & welding complete

erected at the position with necessary

materials duly painted with one coat

of of red oxide & two coats of enamel

paint to match the switch gear or as

per directions by the authority ( size of

angle / flat/ channel iron to be

specified in estimate

101.08 Kg. 637410.48

74.00 Item No :45

Supplying & erecting ISI mark G.I. Pipe

100 mm dia. ‘C’ class. in position with

accessories.

1030.59 Mtr. 76263.66

455.00 Item No 46

Excavating Hard Murum/ metal road(

B T) by chiseling for preparing pit for

earth conductor & cleaning the site by

removing debris and making the site

good .

155.73 Cum 70857.15





2.57 Item No :47

Providing burnt brick masonry with

1:6 ratio cement concrete duly

plastered including watering, streaking

joint on exposed faces, rocking at

joints on exposed faces and watering

complete.

2385.15 Cum. 6129.84

126.00 Item No :48

Drilling 35 mm. dia. holes for

anchoring in rock and fixing 25 mm.

dia. steel anchor, excluding cost of

grouting and anchor bar, including

flushing the holes, covering all

machinery equipment and necessary

watering etc. complete.

736.95 Mtr. 92855.70

102.00 Item No :49

Supplying and erecting G.I.strip of size

50 x 6 mm and 32 x 6 mm. sizes used

for earthing on wall and/or any other

purpose with necessary aluminium

clamps fixed on wall painted with

bituminous paint in an approved

manner joint be done.

83.34 Kg. 8500.68

23.00 Item N : 50

Refilling of earth pits by charcoal, salt

and soil.

1262.50 Nos. 29037.50





57.04 Item No :51

Supplying & erecting G.I. strip of 50 x 5

mm used for “C” clamps for earth-pit

pipes (100 mm dia.) erected with

necessary clamps, nut, bolts, in

approved manner.

83.34 Kg. 4753.71

PART III – Total Rs. 925808.72

PART – IV

Permanent Water Supply

Arrangement to Earth Pits. in 33 KV

Substation at Balancing Reservoir

140 Item No : 52

Supplying and erecting ISI mark

G.I.pipe 25 mm. dia. ‘B’class at

position with accessories.

175.01 Mtrs. 24501.40

50 Item No : 53

Supplying and erecting G.I.pipe 15 mm

dia. ‘B’ class at position with

accessories.

103.57 Mtr. 5178.50

2 Item No : 54

Supplying and erecting 25mm dia. gun

metal sluice valve at position with

necessary materials.

628.93 No. 1257.86

24 Item No : 55

Providing and fixing 15 mm dia screw

down bib / stop tap of brass including

necessary socket union nut complete.

151.50 No. 3636.00





1 Item No : 56

Providing and fixing H.D.P Container

one piece moulded water tank made

out of low density Polyethyler and

built corrugated inclusive delivery up

to distination housting fixing of

accesseries such as inlet ,outlet

overflow pipe Tank Capacity 2000

litres

12920.00 No. 12920.00

1 Item No : 57

Supplying and erecting Centrifugal

water pump (Monoblock), 415V, three

phase 50 cycles A. C. supply of 2HP

with discharge 2.2 /4.1Liters per

second (LPS) for head of 8 /26 m and

50 mm suction/ 40 mm delivery pipe,

on provided C. C. foundation

12565.89 No. 12565.89

1 Item No : 58

Supplying & erecting automatic

control panel for 1 to 6 HP centrifugal/

submersible pump set consisting of

DOL starter, S.P.P Water level

controller, ammeter, voltmeter, phase

indicating lamp etc. 4 way for U/G

tank.& OH tank.

7980.70 No. 7980.70

1 Item No : 59

Supplying and erecting cover for

motor made from G.I. sheet of

1.25mm (18 SWG) for protection from

2843.70 No. 2843.70





rain complete with collar at bottom &

strengthening with M.S. strip, handle

at top for lifting & drip proof louvers

for ventilation erected at the position.

(size 2 Sq Mtr)

1 Item No : 60

Supplying and erecting C.I. flange

50mm.dia with necessary nuts bolts

and washers with rubber seal in

position.

97.21 No. 97.21

1 Item No : 61

Supplying and erecting C.I. flange

40mm dia with necessary nuts bolts

and washers with rubber seal in

position.

81.3 No. 81.3

50 Item No : 62


cable 3 core 4 sq mm copper





trench/ pipe ( for moter)

179.72 Mtr 8986

8 Item No : 63


G.I.pipe 50 mm dia.‘B’ class at position

345.94 Mtr 2767.52





with accessories. As per specification

No.( for sunction side of pump)

40 Item No : 64


G.I.pipe 40 mm. dia. ‘B’ class at

position with accessories. (for delivery

side of pump )

251.56 Mtr 10062.4

1 Item No : 65

Supplying and erecting 50mm dia. ball

type foot valve having C.I. body lined

from inside with FRP and synthetic

rubber coated (reinforced) ball, leaded

fin bronze (IS:318) FRP seat, carbon

steel (IS:1363 class 4) fastners,

C.I./M.S.Stainer Complete

1307.73 No. 1307.73

1 Item No : 66

Providing Cement concrete foundation

for pump in 1:2:4 with required size

and length of foundation bolts and

nuts.

1968.59 No. 1968.59

3 Item No : 67

Supplying & erecting Siemens type

brass cable glands for 2 to 4 core 2.5

sq mm /2 to 4 core 4 sq mm /2 core 6

sq mm for PVC armoured cable.

28.55 No. 85.65





52 Item No : 68

Excavating Hard Murum/metal road

(B.T.) by chiselling for preparing pit for

poles stay or earth plates or for laying

cables, pipes & clearing the site by

removing debris & making the site

good.

155.73 CuM 8097.96

PART – IV Total Rs. 104338.41

PART – V

Fire fighting equipments for 33 KV

Substation at Balancing Reservoir

1 Item No : 69

Foam Type Trolley mounted fire

extinguisher 50 Lit Capacity

19059.21 No. 19059.21

2 Item No:70

Co2 Type Fire Extinguisher 22.5 Kg

Capacity

24803.08 No. 49606.16

2 Item No : 71

CO2 type fire extinguisher 4.5 Kg

Capacity

7933.87 No. 15867.74

4 Item No : 72

FIRE Bucket of 9 Litres capacity.

376.48 No. 1505.92





1 Item No : 73

Stand for keeping 4 Nos. of FIRE

buckets

1943.06 No. 1943.06

PART – V Total Rs. 87982.09

Total Rs. ( PART I + II + III + IV + V) 12177523.31

Say Rs. 12177523.00

(Rs. One Crores Twenty One Lakhs Seventy Seven Thousand Five Hundred Twenty Three Only)

(C. B. Gaikwad) Executive Engineer,

Mhaisal Elect. & Mech. Dn., Sangli.




SCHEDULE B - PART – II

Schedule of quantities & bid rates for anticipated additional items as

foreseen by the Contractor.

Qty Description of Item Unit Rate In Fig.

In words

(Rs.)

Amount

(Rs.)

1 2 3 4 5

Total of part II




Note 1 :- All work shall be carried out with contractor’s own materials and as per the

specifications Part A & B.

Note 2 :- All the columns in the Schedule ‘B’ Part- II should be filled in ink and the total

of the entries in the last columns should be struck by the contractor under his

signature.

Note 3 :- Rates quoted include clearance of site ( prior to commencement of work and

at its close) in all respects and hold good for work under all conditions of site,

moisture, weather etc.

Note 4 :- The tender % as quoted by the tenderer in the space provided for in the

Memorandum of work shall be applicable only for the items, rates and

quantities stipulated in schedule ‘B’ Part A & B, as put to tender by

Corporation.

Note 5 :- All the additional item(s) as many as foreseen by the tenderer with

quantity(es), rates(s), amount(s) and the detailed description shall be entered

in to by the tender in the space provided below Schedule ‘B’ Part – II.

Anticipated additional items as foreseen by the tenderer, the tenderer is free

to attach additional sheets, if required by him and sign the sheets, which will

form part form part of the tender.

The specifications for the additional item(s) as foreseen by the tender shall be

in conformity with the nearest comparable item stipulated in the Hand book

of standard Specifications (PWD) and the applicability shall be decided before

the acceptance the tender.

Note 6 :- The amounts of all the items of Part – A & B of schedule ‘B’ with % ( + or -)

and the amount of Part – II of Schedule ‘B’ will be totaled and this will be

considered as the offer of the tenderer.

Note 7:- The work in additional items in Schedule ‘B’ Part – II shall be paid for only

when executed.




Note 8:- The provisions of Price variation para No. 33 of Special condition shall be

applicable for the work executed under Additional item of Schedule ‘B’ of Part

– II. The provision of Clause 38 conditions of contract – Quantity Variation

clause will not be applicable to the Additional items in Schedule ‘B’ of Part – II.

Note 9 :- In case of works having estimated cost put to tender less than Rs. 100 lakhs

cement and steel shall be supplied by Corporation at the rates mentioned in

Schedule ‘A’ and shall only be used for all the items in this Schedule requiring

cement and steel.

Note 10 :- Quantities indicated in Schedule ‘B’ Part – II by the contractor are fixed shall

be paid only on execution. No payment in excess of these quantities will be

admissible.

Note 11:- As per format of price break up enclosed.

Note 12:- While quoting percentage rate in B-1 Tender form, Contractors are requested

to see clause No 64 of Special conditions of contract.




SECTSECTSECTSECTION VIION VIION VIION VI

APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX




APPENDIX - A

DETAILS OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WITH THE CONTRACTOR

Sr.

No.

Description Name Length of

service in

the firm

Qualifications Professional

experience

and details

of works

carried out

Remark

1 Project Manager

2 Works Manager

(Electrical Senior

Engineer)

3 Engineers

(Electrical )

4 Supervisors

( Note : If there is no technical personnel with your firm please give details how can your

firm manage the same in remark column. )




APPENDIX - B

DETAILS OF PLANTS & MACHINERY IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE WITH THE TENDERER FOR

USE ON THIS WORK

Sr.

No.

Name of

Equipment

No. of

Units

Kind of

Make

Capacity Age and

Condition

Present

Location

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Note : If No machinery available with the firm please give details how your firm will

manage the same.




APPENDIX - C

DETAILS OF WORKS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND MAGNITUDE CARRIED OUT BY THE TENDERER

Sr.

No.

Name of

Work

Place Tendered

Cost Rs. in

Lakhs

Time in months

which

completed

Date of

completion

Principal

features

1 2 3 4 5 6 7




APPENDIX - D

DETAILS OF OTHER WORKS TENDERED FOR AND IN HAND ON THE DATE OF SUBMISSION

OF TENDER

Sr.

No.

Name

of

Work

Place Work in Hand Works Tendered for Rem

-arks Tendered

Cost

Rs. Lakh

Cost of

remaining

work

Rs. Lakh

Anticipated

date of

completion

Rs. Lakh

Estimated

Cost

Rs. Lakh

Date by

which

decision

is

expected

Stipulated

date of

period of

completion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10




APPENDIX - E

DETAILS OF PLANTS & MACHINERY PROPOSED TO BE USED FOR WORKS BUT NOT

IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE

Sr.

No.

Name of

Equipment

No. of

Units

Kind

of

Make

Capacity If already owned If to be

purchased

( When ?

Month and

year )

Rem-

arks Age and

Condition

Location Probable

date of

availability

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10




APPENDIX - F

DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR

1.0 I / We ____________________________ Contractor(s), hereby undertake

that I/We shall pay the labours engaged on the work as indicated in

Annexure - A to Section 1 - Detailed Tender Notice, wages as per

Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and amendments thereto applicable to the

zone in which work lies and act accordingly. I/We also undertake to abide

by the various laws in force and extend necessary facilities and amenities

to the staff and workers employed by me/us.

2.0 I / We hereby declared that I/We have made myself / ourselves

thoroughly conversant with the local conditions regarding all materials

and labour on which I/We have bidded my/our rates for this work. The

specifications of this work have been carefully studied and understood by

me / us before submitting this tender.

Signature of the Contractor




APPENDIX - G

MODEL FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

1.0 This deed of Guarantee is made on the _________________ by

______________ _____________________________________ having

his head office at ______________

(hereinafter called the ‘said Contractor(s) from the demand under the

terms and conditions of Agreement dated ___________ made between

_____________ and ______________for

____________________________ (hereinafter called ‘the Agreement) of

additional security deposit for the due fulfillment by the said Contractors

of the terms and conditions contained in the said Agreement on

production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs. ____________ (Rs.

________________________ only). We, _____________________

(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’) at the request of

_________________________ (Contractor) do hereby undertake to pay

to the Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation, hereinafter

referred to as Corporation, an amount not exceeding Rs. ___________

against any loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Corporation by

reasons of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms or

conditions contained in the said Agreement.

2.0 We, ____________________________________ (indicate the name of

bank) do hereby undertake to pay the amount due and payable under

this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the

Corporation stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or

damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Corporation

by reason of breach by the said Contractor(s) of any of the terms of

conditions contained in the said Agreement or any reason of the

contractor(s) failure to perform the said agreement. Any such demand

made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and




payable under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not

exceeding Rs.________.

3. We undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded not

withstanding any dispute or dispute raised by the Contractor(s)

Supplier(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or tribunal

relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and

unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be valid

discharge of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s)

Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

4.0 We, __________________________________(indicate the name of Bank)

further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full

force and effect during the period that would be taken for the

performance of the said Agreement and that it shall continue to be

forcible till all the dues of the Corporation under or by virtue of the said

Agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or

till __________________ (Office / Corporation) of

________________________ (indicate the name of Administrative

Officer) certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have

been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and

accordingly discharges this guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under

this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the ______________

we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.

5. We, ________________________________ (indicate the name of Bank)

further agree with the Corporation that the Corporation shall have the

fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner

our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the

said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor

from time to time or postpone for any time or from time to time any of

the powers exercisable by the Corporation against the said Contractor(s),

and to forth or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the




said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from our liability by

reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said

Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act or commission on the part of the

Corporation or any indulgence by the Corporation to the said Contractor

or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating

to surety would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the

constitution of the Bank or the change in the constitution of the

Contractors / Suppliers.

7. We, ___________________________ (indicate the name of Bank) lastly

undertake not be revoke this guarantee during its currency except with

the previous consent of the Corporation in writing.

Date the __________ day of _____________ 20

for _____________________________

(Indicate the Name of Bank)




APPENDIX “H”

INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES

( For use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the contractor

has entered into an agreement for the execution of a certain specified quantity

of work in a given time)

THIS INDENTURE made the _________________ day of _________ between

__________ expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed

to include his executors, administrators and assigns) of the one part and the

Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation, Pune ( hereinafter called

as the Corporation which expression shall where the context so admits or implies

be deemed to include his successors in office and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS by an agreement dated _______________ (hereinafter called the said

Agreement) the Contractor has agreed.

AND WHEREAS the Contractor has applied to the Corporation that he be allowed

advances on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by

him to the site of the works, the subject of the said Agreement for use in the

construction of such of the works as he has undertaken to execute at rates fixed

for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of material and labour and other

charges)

AND WHEREAS the Corporation has agreed to advance to the contractor the sum

of Rupees _________ ( in words, Rupees

_________________________________________) on the aforesaid security and

has reserved to himself the option of making any further advance or advances on

security of aforesaid nature, the quantities and other particulars of the materials

on the security of which the advance or advances are made being detailed in Part

- II of the running account bill for the said works, signed at the time being by the

Contractor on.

NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESS that in pursuance of the said Agreement and in

consideration of the sum of Rs. ________________ on or before the execution of




these presents paid to the Contractor by the Corporation (the receipt whereof

the Contractor both hereby acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any)

as may be made to him as aforesaid, the Contractor does hereby covenant and

agree with the Corporation and declare as follows.

1. That the said sum of Rs. ...................... so advanced by the Corporation to

the Contractors as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or

towards expediting the execution of the said works and for none other

purpose whatsoever.

2. That the material detailed in the said running account bill which have

been offered to and accepted by the Corporation as security are

absolutely the Contractor’s own properly and free from encumbrances of

any kind and the Contractor will not make any application for or receive a

further advance on the security of materials which are not absolutely his

own properly, and free from encumbrances of any kind and the

Contractor indemnifies the Corporation against all claims to any materials

in respect of which an advance has been made to him as aforesaid.

3. That the materials detailed in the said running account bill and all other

materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may

hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereinafter called the said materials)

shall be used by the contractor solely in the execution of the said works in

accordance with the directions of the Divisional officer, Division

(hereinafter caller the Divisional officer) and in the terms of the said

Agreement.

4. That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate

arrangement for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all

risks of the said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid,

the said materials shall remain at the site of the said works in the

Contractor’s custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times

be open to inspection by the Divisional officer or any officer authorised by

him. In the event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen,

destroyed or damaged, the Contractor will forthwith replace the same

with other materials of like quality or repair and make good the same as

required by the Divisional officer.




5. That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site

of the said works except with the written permission of the Divisional

officer or an officer authorised by him in that behalf.

6. That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the contractor

receives payment from the Corporation of the price payable to him for

the said works under the terms and provisions of the said agreement,

provided that if any intermediate payments are made so the contractor

on account of work done, then on occasion of each such payment, the

corporation will be at liberty to make a recovery from the contractor’s bill

for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials

then actually used in the construction and in respect of which recover

has not been made previously , the value for this purpose being

determined in respect of each description of materials at the rates at

which amounts of advances made under these presents were calculated.

7. That if the Contractor shall at any time make any defaults in the

performance or observance of any of the terms and provisions of the said

agreement or of these presents, the total amounts of the advance or

advances that may still be owing to the Corporation Maharashtra shall

immediately on the happening of such defaults be repayable by the

Contractor to the Corporation , together with interest thereon at twelve

percent per annum from the date of respective dates of such advance of

advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages

and expenses incurred by the Corporation in or for the recovery thereof

or the enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default

of the Contractor and the Contractor hereby covenants and agrees with

the Corporation to repay and pay the same respectively to him

accordingly.

8. That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the

repayment to the Corporation of the said sum of Rs. ................... and any

further sum or sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges,

damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS

and it is hereby agreed and declared that not withstanding anything in

the said agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained

therein, if and whenever the covenant for payment and Repayment

hereinbefore contained shall become enforceable and the money owing




shall not be paid in accordance therewith, the Corporation may at any

time thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as he may deem

best.

a) Seize and utilise the said materials or any part thereof in the

completion of the said works on behalf of the Contractor in

accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in the said

agreement, debiting the Contractor with the actual cost of effecting

such completion and the amount due in respect of advances under

these presents and crediting the contractor with the value of work

done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement

and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the

Contractor, he is to pay the same to the corporation on demand.

b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part

thereof and out of the moneys arising from the sale, retain all the

sums aforesaid repayable to the Corporation under these presents

and pay over the surplus ( if any) to the Contractor.

c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposits

or any sum due to the contractor under the said Agreement.

9. That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as

aforesaid interest on the said advance shall not be payable.

10. That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents

and the said Agreement, the provisions of these presents shall prevail and

in the event of any dispute or difference arising over the construction or

effect of these presents, the settlement of which has not been

hereinbefore expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the

Superintending Engineer, ...................................................... Circle, whose

decision shall be final,.

IN WITESS WHEREOF the said ....................................... and

.................................... ............................................. by the order and

under the direction of the Corporation have hereunto set their respective

hands the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered

by the said Contractor in the presence.

Witness




Signature

Name:-

Address

Signed by ...............................

by the order and direction of the Maharashtra Krishna Valley

Development Corporation in presence of

Witness :

Signature :

Name :

Address :




APPENDIX - I

PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that M/s. _______________________________________ of

(address), is a registered dealer under the Maharashtra State Tax on Professions,

Traders Callings and Employment’s Act No. XVI of 1975, holding Registration

Certificate No. ___________ w.e.f. ______________________.

The said dealer has paid all tax dues up to 31st March ___________ (previous

year) under the act. The dealer has paid the Professional Tax dues for the

employees mentioned below.

Sr. No. Name of the Employee Designation

There is no Profession Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the act.

This certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue.

Signature ______________

Professional Tax Officer

Place :___________

Date : ___________




APPENDIX ‘J’

AGREEMENT

Articles of agreement executed on this the _____________ of

_________________ Two Thousand Ten and _______________________

between the Executive Engineer, MKVDC (hereinafter referred to as MKVDC of

the one part and Shri

__________________________________________________________ (Name

and address of the tender) (hereinafter referred to as “the bounden”) of the

other part.

Whereas in response to the notification No. ____________ dated

________________ the bounden has submitted to the MKVDC a tender for the

work _________________________ _________________________ specified

therein subject to the terms and conditions contained in the said tender.

Whereas the bounden has also deposited with MKVDC a sum of Rs.

___________________ as earnest money for execution of an agreement

undertaking the due fulfillment of the contract in case his tender is accepted by

the MKVDC.

Now these presents witness and it is mutually agreed as follows:

1. In case the tender submitted by the bounden is accepted by the MKVDC

and the contract for _________________________ is awarded to the

bounden, the bounden shall within _________ days of acceptance of his

tender execute an agreement with the MKVDC incorporating all the terms

and conditions under which the MKVDC accepts his tender.

2. In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid

incorporating terms and conditions. governing the contract, the MKVDC

shall have power and authority to recover from the bounden any loss or

any damage caused to the MKVDC by such breach, as may be determined

by the MKVDC by appropriating the earnest money deposited by the

bounden and if the earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit




amount may be recovered from the bounden and his properties, movable

and immovable in the manner hereafter contained.

3. All sums found due to the MKVDC under or by the virtue of this

agreement shall be recoverable from the bounden and his properties.

movable and immovable, under the provisions of the Maharashtra Land

Revenue Code for the time being in force as though such sums are arrears

of land revenue and in such other manner as the MKVDC may deem fit.

4. I/We

________________________________________________________

agree that the lead and lift charges of construction materials are

incorporated in the agreement and are accepted and no additional claims

will be made on this account.

In witness whereof Shri. _________________________________________

(Name and designation) for and of behalf of the MKVDC and Shri.

______________________________ ____________________ the bounden have

hereunto set their hands the days and year shown against their respective

signature.

Signed by Shri. __________________________________ date

___________________ in the presence of Witness.

1. ____________________________________

2. ___________________________________

3.

Signed by Shri ___________________________________ in the presence of

witness.

1. ____________________________________

2. ___________________________________




APPENDIX - K

FORM OF TENDER FORWARDING LETTER

(To be submitted in Envelope No. –1 )

To,

Superintending Engineer,

Construction Circle,

Kolhapur.

Subject - Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up to site,

loading & unloading of equipments / material, insurance till taking

over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV

substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer &

33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power cable, And

Switchyard Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-

pits , fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at

Balancing Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation

Scheme.

Ref - B-1 Tender Notice No. EE/ 2 / 2012-2013.

Dear Sir,

1. Having examined the Tender Document, amendments date _________

the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged we the undersigned

undertake Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport up

to site, loading & unloading of equipments / material, insurance till

taking over by MKVDC, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV

substation equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1.6 MVA - Power transformer &

33/0.433 KV 63 KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power cable, And

Switchyard Lighting ,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits ,

fire fighting equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at Balancing

Reservoir for Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme.




2. We, the undersigned hereby bid in accordance with the said instruction,

conditions of contract, specifications, schedule and drawings.

3. We undertake, if our tender is accepted to commence work and to

complete the work for the items specified in the contract reckoned from

the date of ‘Acceptance of Tender’ as communicated by you. Further, we

undertake to provide a ‘Performance Security’ for an amount of 5 % (five

percent) of the total contract price.

4. We agree to abide by our tender for period of 90 days fixed for deadline

for submission of tender and in default, agree to forfeit to Corporation

the amount of ‘Earnest Money’ furnished with the tender.

5. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this tender together

with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award

constitute a binding contract between us.

Earnest Money for an amount Rs. ___________ in favour of the Executive

Engineer Mhaisal E & M Division, Warnali, Sangli is enclosed herewith.

Yours faithfully,

Signature ___________________

Designation _________________

for and on behalf of (Name of Company)

Address __________________________

Tel. No. __________________________

Telex No. __________________________

Fax No. __________________________




APPENDIX – L

EMD ASSIGNMENT FORM

Article of agreement executed of this the ___________________ of

_____ _____________________________________and between the Executive

Engineer MKVDC (herein after referred to as MKVDC) of the one part of Shri.

____________ _______________________________________ (Name and

address of the tenderer (hereinafter referred to as the bounden of the other part

).

Whereas the response to the notification No.___________ dated ______

the ____________________bounded has submitted to the MKVDCS tender for

the work __________________________specified therein subject to the terms

and conditions contained in the said tender.

Whereas the bounden has also deposited with MKVDC a sum of

Rs._______ ____________________________ as earnest money for execution of

an agreement undertaking the due fulfillment of the contract in case his

accepted by MKVDC.

Now these presents witness and it is mutually agreed as follows.

1) In case the tender submitted by the bounded is accepted by the MKVDC and

contract for ________________________________________ is awarded to

the bounden the bounden shall within days of acceptance of this tender

execute an agreement with the MKVDC incorporating all the terms and

conditions under which the MKVDC accepts his tender.

2) In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid

incorporating terms and conditions governing the contracts, the MKVDC shall

be power and authority to recover from the bounden any loss of any damage

caused to the MKVDC in each breach as may be determined by the MKVDC by

appropristing the earnest money deposited by the bounden and if the

earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit amount may be




recovered from the bounden and his properties movable and immovable in

the manner hereinafter contained.

3) All sums found due to the MKVDC under or by the virtue of this agreement

shall be recoverable from the bounden and his properties movable and

immovable under the provisions of the Maharashtra land revenue code for

the time being in force as though such sum are arrears of land revenue and

such other manner as the MKVDC may deem fit.

4) In witness where of Shri. _______________________ (Name and

Designation) for and on behalf of the MKVDC and Shri.

______________________________ in bounden have hereunto set their

hands the days and year shown against their respective signature.

Signed by Shri. ___________________________________ date ___________

in the present of witness.

1)

2)

Signed by Shri. _______________________________________ in the presence

of witness.

1)

2)

Note :- The tenderer shall mention the work he intends to quote.




APPENDIX - M

POWER OF ATTORNEY

(To be submitted in Envelope No.1)

I, ______________________________________ certify that I am

______________________________________________________________

Secretary of the Corporation organized under the laws of

_____________________and that ___________________ the Tender No.

__________________ dated _____________ is authorised to bind the

Corporation by authority of its governing body.

________________________

( SEAL)

SECRETARY




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION –––– VVVVIIIIIIII

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTCONDITIONS OF CONTRACTCONDITIONS OF CONTRACTCONDITIONS OF CONTRACT




B – 1 TENDER FORM

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

A) Security

Deposit

Clause 1 : The person / persons whose tender may be

accepted ( hereinafter called the contractor, which

expression shall unless excluded by a repugnant to the

context include his heirs, executors, administrators, and

assigns ) shall (A) within 10 days (which may be

extended by the Superintending Engineer concerned up

to 15 days if Superintending Engineer concerned up to

15 days if Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so ) of

the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance

of his tender deposit with the Executive Engineer in cash

or corporation securities endorsed to the Executive

Engineer a sum sufficient which will make up the initial

security deposit specified in the tender form at para (d)

(i) of memorandum provided always that in the even of

the contractor depositing a lump sum by way of security

deposit as contemplated at (A) above then and in such

case as the sum so deposited shall not amount as

specified in memorandum it shall be lawful for

Corporation at the time of making any payment to the

contractor for work done under contract to make up the

full amount of security deposit as specified in

memorandum at para (c) by deducting a sufficient sum

at the rate specified at (g) of memorandum from every

such payment as last aforesaid until the full amount of

the security deposit is made up. All compensation or

other sums of money payable by the contractor to

Corporation under the terms of his contract may be




deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of

his security deposit or from the interest arising there

from or from any sums which may become due by

Corporation to the contractor under any other contract

or transaction of any nature on any account whatsoever

and in the event for his security deposit being reduced

by reason of any such deduction or sale as aforesaid the

contractor shall within ten days thereafter make good in

cash or corporation securities endorsed as aforesaid any

sum of sums which may have been deducted from or

raised by sale of his security deposit of any part

thereof. The security deposit referred to when paid in

cash may at the cost of the depositor be converted into

interest bearing Corporation securities provided that the

depositor has expressly desired this in writing.

B) Additional

security Deposit

In case contractor’s offer is less than 90% or more than

110% of the updated (B) Additional Security estimated

cost as stared at Sr. No.1.4a of Annexure ‘A’ additional

Deposit. Security Deposit in the form of irrevocable Bank

Guarantee for a period equal to period of contract and

for an amount equal to the difference to the

contractor’s offer and 90 % or more then 110% of the

updated estimated cost as stated above shall be

submitted to the Engineer in charge at the time of

completing tender documents.

Non submission of the above Additional Security Deposit

will result into forfeiture of the E.M.D. and additional

E.M.D. If the amount of the security deposit to be paid

in a lump sum and Additional Security Deposit in form

of irrevocable Bank Guarantee is not paid within the




period specified at (A) above the tender/contract

already accepted shall be considered as canceled and

legal steps taken against the contractor for recovery of

the amounts. The amount of the Security Deposit

lodged by the contractor shall be refunded along with

the payment of the final bill if the date up to which the

contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good

order is over. If such date is not over only 50 % amount

of security deposit shall be refunded along with the

payment of the final bill. The amount of Security

Deposit retained by the Corporation shall be released

after expiry of period up to which the contractor has

agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In

the event of the contractor failing of neglecting the

complete rectification work within the period up to

which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in

good order then subject to provisions of clauses 17 and

20 hereof the amount of security Deposit retained by

Corporation shall be adjusted towards the excess cost

incurred by the Corporation on rectification work.

The Additional Security Deposit shall be refunded to the

contractor on issuing of the completion certificate by

the Engineer-in-charge as stipulated in the clause No. 7

of the contract provided that the Engineer-in-charge if

demanded in writing by the contractor shall from time

to time release the Additional security Deposit in part

which are in proportion to the amount of the completed

work.

Compensation of Clause 2 : The time allowed for carrying out the work as

entered in the tender shall be strictly observed by the




delay contractor’s and shall be reckoned from the date on

which the order to commence work id given to the

contractor’s. The work shall through the stipulated

period of the contract proceeding with all due diligence (

time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on

the part of the contractor’s ) and the contractor’s shall

pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent or

such smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (

whose decision in writing shall be final ) may decide of

the amount of the estimated cost of the whole work as

shown in the tender for every day that the work remains

uncommenced or unfinished after the proper dates. And

further to ensure good progress during execution of the

work, the contractor’s shall be bound. in all cases in

which the time allowed for any work exceeds one

month to complete the part works in specified time slice

as per the programme given in Annexure A to Section I –

Detailed Tender Notice / enclosed at the end of

Schedule “B”.

If the contractor’s has not achieved the target as per

physical programme of all items with respect to time as

given in Annexure “A” to Section I – Detailed Tender

Notice / enclosed at the end of the Schedule “B” then

the compensation will be recovered with prior notice to

the contractor’s till the achievement of particular target

as decided by the Engineer-in-charge.

In the event of the contractor’s failing to comply with

this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation

an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount

as the Superintending Engineer ( Whose decision in




writing shall be final ) may decide of the said estimated

cost of the whole work for every day that the due

quantity of work remains incomplete : Provided always

that the total amount of compensation to be paid under

the provisions of this clause shall not exceed 10 percent

of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the tender

Superintending Engineer, should be the final authority in

this respect.

Action when

whole of security

deposit is

forfeited

Clause 3: In any case in which under any clause of this

contract the contractor’s shall have rendered himself

liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of

his security deposit as specified at para (e) of the

memorandum or in the case of abandonment of the

work owing to serious illness or death of the

contractor’s or any other cause. The Executive Engineer

on behalf of the Corporation shall have power to adapt

following course.

To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice in

writing to the contractor’s under the hand of Executive

Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) and in that case

the security deposit and addition security deposit of the

contractor’s shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at

the disposal of corporation.

In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause

above the contractor’s shall not be entitled to recover or

be paid any sum for any work therefore actually

performed by him under this contract unless and until

the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the

performance of the such work and the amount payable




to him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitle to

be paid the amount so certified.

The contractor’s shall have no claim to compensation for

any loss sustained by him by reasons of his having

purchased or procured any materials or entered into any

engagements or made any advance on account of or

with a view to the execution of the work or the

performance of the contract. The contractors; shall also

be not eligible to tender for the work remaining

unexecuted under this contract.

Action when the

progress of any

particular portion

of the work is

unsatisfactory

Clause 4 : If progress of any particular portion of work is

unsatisfactory, the Executive Engineer shall

notwithstanding that the general progress of the work is

in accordance with the condition mentioned in clause 2

be entitled to take action as under after giving the

contractors 10 days notice in writing.

The Corporation will have to order that the work of the

contractor be measured up and to take such part there

of as shall be un execute out of his hands and to give it

to another contractor to complete in which case all

expenses incurred to advertisements for fixing a new

contracting agency additional supervisory staff including

the cost of work charged establishment and the cost of

the work executed by the new contract agency will be

debited to the contractor and the value of the work

done or executed through the new contractor (

including escalation due ) shall be credited to the

contractor in all respects and in the same manner and at

the same rates as if it had been carried out by the

contractor under the terms of this contract. The




certificate of the Executive Engineer as to all the cost of

the work and other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or

in getting the unexecuted work done by the new

contractor and as to the value of the work so done shall

be final and conclusive against the contractor.

In case the cost of the work executed through a new

contractor and other allied expenses exceeding the

value of such work credited to the contractors the

amount of excess shall be deducted from any money

due to the contractor by Government of Corporation

under the contractor otherwise howsoever or from his

security deposit and additional security deposit or the

sale proceeds thereof provided, however, that the

contractor shall have no claim against corporation even

if the certified value of the work done through a new

contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work and

allied expenses. The contractor shall have no claims to

compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of

his having purchased or procured any materials or

entered into any engagements or made any advances on

account of or with a view to the execution of the work

or the performance of the contract.

The contractor of the whole work shall not be

considered eligible to tender for the execution of work

so withdrawn from this contract. The contractor will

have no claim for compensation for any loss sustained

by him owing to such action.

Contractor

remains liable to

Clause 5 : In any case in which any of the powers

conferred upon the Executive Engineer by clause 3 and 4




pay

compensation if

action not taken

under clause 3 &

4

Power to take

here of shall exercised the non-exercise thereof shall not

constitute a waiving of any of the conditions hereof and

such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the

event of any future case of default by the contractor for

which under any clauses hereof he is have become

exercisable and the same shall not have been declared

liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of

his security deposit and additional security deposit and

the liability of the contractor for past and future

compensation shall remain unaffected in the event of

the Executive Engineer taking action under clause 3 be

may iif he so desires take possession of all of any tools,

plant, materials and stores in or upon the work or the

site thereof or belonging to the contractor of procure by

him and intended to be used for the execution of the

work or any part thereof paying or allowing for the same

in account at the contract rates or in the case of

contract rates not being applicable at current market

rates to be certified by the Executive Engineer whose

certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the

Executive Engineer may after giving notice in writing to

the contractor or his clear of the work foreman or other

authorised agent require him to remove such tools &

plant materials or stores from the premises within a

time to be specified in such notice and in the event of

the contractor failing to comply with any such

requisition the Executive Engineer may remove them at

the contractors expense or sell them by auction or

private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk

in all respects and the certificate of the Executive

Engineer as to the expense of any such removal and the




possession of or

require removal

of or sale

contractors plant

amount of the proceeds and expense of any such sale

shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

Extension of time Clause 6: If contractor shall desire an extension of the

time for completion of work on the ground of his having

been unavoidable hindered in its execution or on any

other ground he shall apply in

writing to the Executive Engineer before the expiration

of the period stipulated in tender on or before the

expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was

hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking

for extension occurred, whichever is earlier and the

Executive Engineer or in the opinion of Superintending

Engineer or Chief Engineer as the case may be if in his

opinion there were reasonable grounds for granting an

extension grant such extension as he thinks necessary or

proper be decision of the Executive Engineer /

Superintending Engineer / Chief Engineer in this matter

shall be final.

Final certificate Clause 7 : On the completion of the work the contractor

shall be furnished with a certificate by the Executive

Engineer ( hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge ) of

such completion but so such certificate shall be given or

shall the work be considered to be completed until the

contractor shall have removed from the premises on

which the work shall have been executed all scaffolding,

surplus materials and rubbish and shall have cleaned off

the dirt from all wood work, door, windows , walls floor




or their parts of any building in or upon which the work

has been executed or of which he may have had

possession for the purpose of executing the work or

until the work have been measured by the Engineer-in

charge or where the measurements have been taken by

his subordinates until they have received approval of the

Engineer – in – charge the said measurements being

binding and conclusive against the contractor. If the

contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of

this clause as to the removal of scaffolding surplus

materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or before

the date fixed for the completion of the work the

Engineer-in-charge may at the expenses of the

contractor, remove such

Scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and dispose

off the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as

aforesaid so incurred but shall have no claim in respect

of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid

except for any sum actually released by the sale thereof.

Payment on

intermediate

certificate to be

regarded as

advances

Clause 8 : No payment shall be made for any work

estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand till

after the whole of work shall have been completed and

a certificate of completion given. But in the case of

works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand

the contractor shall on submitting a monthly part of the

work then approved and passed by the Engineer – in –

charge whose certificate of such approval and passing of

the sum to payable shall be final and conclusive against

the contractor All such intermediate payments shall be

regarded as payments by way of advance against the




final payments only and not a payments for work

actually done and completed and shall not preciude the

Engineer-in-charge from requiring any bad unsound

imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken

away and reconstructed or re-created nor shall any such

payment be considered as an admission of the due

perforation of the contract or any part thereof in any

respect or the occurring of any claim nor shall it

conclude determine or effect in any other way the

powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final

settlement of the accounts or otherwise or in any other

way very or affect the contract. The final bill shall be

submitted by the contractor within one month of the

date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise the

Engineer-in-charges certificate of the measurements

and of the total amount payable for work shall be final

and binding on all parties.

Payment at

reduced rates on

account of items

of work accepted

as completed to

be at the

discretion of the

Engineer-in-

charge

Clause 9 : The rates for several items of work estimated

to the more than Rs. 1,000/- agreed to within, shall be

valid only when the item concerned is accepted as

having been completed fully in accordance with the

sanctioned specifications. In cases where the items of

work are not accepted as so completed by the Engineer-

in – charge may make payment on account of such items

at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in

the preparation of final or on account bills.

Bill in

quadruplicate to

be submitted

monthly –

Clause 10: A bill shall be submitted by the Contractor in

each month on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-

in-charge for all work executed in the previous month

on the basis of measurements recorded by the




Measurement

Recording by

Engineer

authorised Engineer of the corporation.

The measurements for payments of running account

bills shall be taken by the authorised Engineer of the

corporation in the presence of contractor or his

authorised representative and shall be recorded in M.B.

of corporation. Based on the above measurements the

contractor shall have to submit his R.A. bills in the bill

format.

Initial levels before starting of work / foundation levels /

final measurements shall be taken by authorised

Engineer of Engineer-in-charge in the presence of

contractor or his authorised representative and same

shall be signed by the contractor in taken of his

acceptance.

Contractor shall employ a qualified Engineer as his

authorised representative to be present while taking

measurements by authorised Engineer of Corporation.

A bill shall be submitted by the contractor in each month

or before date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all

work executed. As far as possible the payment of the

bills will be made monthly to the extent of availability of

funds for the work under this contract.

However, the payment of final bill will be made after :

i) Detailed scrutiny of the measurements and the

acceptance of the bill there after.

ii) The contractor produces the challan of having made

the payment into District Treasury in respect of all dues




of VAT under the Maharashtra VAT on transfer of goods

involved in the execution of works contract Act. 2005.

Bills to be on

printed forms

Clause 11: The contractor shall submit all bills on the

printed forms in the format approved by the Engineer in

charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always

be entered at the rates specified in the tender. In the

case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these

conditions, and not mentioned or provided for in the

tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such work.

Stores supplied

by Corporation.

Clause 12: If the specification or estimate of the work

provides for the use of any special description of

material to be supplied form the store of the

corporation or if it is required that the contractor shall

use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer in

charge ( Such material and stores and the prices to be

charged there for an hereinafter mentioned being so far

as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but

not so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of

this contract specified in the schedule or memorandum

here to annexed. ) The contractor shall be supplied with

such materials and stores as may be required from time

to time to be sued by him for the purpose of the

contract only and value of the full quantity of the

materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or

deducted from any sums then due or thereafter to

become due to the contractor under the contract or

otherwise or from the security deposit or he proceeds of

sale thereof it the security deposit or the proceeds of

sale thereof it the security deposit is held in corporation

securities the same or sufficient portion thereof shall in




that case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied

to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of

corporation and shall on no account be removed from

the sites of the work and shall at all times be open for

inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials

unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of

completion or termination of the contract shall be

returned to the corporation store if the Engineer in

charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his

hand but the contractor shall not be entitled to return

any such

Materials except with consent of the engineer in charge

and he shall have no claim for compensation on account

of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but

remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or

damage to any such material.

Clasue 12(A) : If all stores of controlled materials such as

cement, steel etc. supplied to the contractor by

corporation should be kept by the contractor under lock

& key and will be accessible for inspection by Executive

Engineer, or his authorised agent at all the times.

Works to be

executed in

accordance with

specifications

drawings orders

etc.

Clause 13: The contractor shall execute the whole and

every part of the work in the most substantial and

workman like manner and both as regards materials and

every other respect in strict accordance with

specifications. The contractor shall also conform

exactly. fully and faithfully to the designs, drawing and

instructions in writings relating to the work signed by

the Engineer in charge and lodged in his office and to




which the contractor shall be entitle to have access for

the purpose of inspection at such office or on the site of

the work during office hours the contractor will be

entitled to receive three sets of contract drawing and

tender along with the work order free of cost further

copies of the contract drawings and working drawing if

required by him shall be supplied at the rate of Rs. 100/-

per working drawing except where otherwise specified.

Alterations in

specifications

and designs not

to invalidate

contracts.

Clause 14 : The Engineer in charge shall have power to

make any alterations in or additions to the original

specifications. drawings designs and instructions that

may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during

the progress of the work and the contractor shall be

found to carry out the work in accordance with any

instructions in this connection which may be given to

him in writing signed by the Engineer in charge and such

alteration shall not invalidate the contract and any

additional work which the contractor may be directed to

do in manner above specified as part of the work shall

be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions

in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work

and at the same rates as are specified in the tender for

the main work. And if the additional and altered work

included any class of

Rates for works

not entered in

estimate or

Work for which no rate is specified in this contract then

such class of work shall be carried out at the rates

entered in the schedule of rates of the division or at the

rates mutually agreed upon between the Engineer-in-

charge and the contractor which ever are lower. If the

additional or already work for which no rate is entered




schedule of rates

of the districts

in the Schedule of rates of the division is ordered to be

carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the

contractor shall within seven days of the date of receipt

by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the

engineer in charge of the rate which it is his intention to

charge for such class of work. And if the engineer in

charge does not agree to this rate he shall by notice in

writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such

call of work and arrange to carryout in such manner as

he may consider advisable provided always that if the

contractor shall commence work or incur any

expenditure in regard thereof before the rates shall

have been determined as lastly herein before

mentioned then in such case he shall only be entitled to

be paid in respect of the work carried out or

expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the

determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such

rate of rates as shall be fixed by the engineer in charge

in the event of a dispute, the decision of the

Superintending Engineer of the circle will be final.

Where however, the work is to be executed according to

the designs, drawings and specifications, recommended

by the contractor and accepted by the competent

authority the alteration above referred to shall be within

the scope of such designs drawings and specification

appended to the tender.

Extensions of

time in

consequence of

additions or

The time limit for the completion of the work shall be

extended in the proportion that increase in its cost

occasioned by alternations or additions bears to the cost

of the original contract work and the certificate of the




alterations. Engineer in charge as to such proportion shall be

conclusive. However such an extension will be governed

by provisions of clause 6.

No claim to any

payment or

compensation for

alteration in or

restriction of

work.

Clause 15: I) If any time after the execution of the

contract documents the Engineers shall for any reason

what so ever other than default on the part of the

contractor for which the corporation is entitled to

rescind the contract desires that the whole or any part

of the work specified in the tender should be suspended

for any period or that the whole or part of the work

should not be carried out at all he shall give to the

contractor a notice. writing of such desire and upon the

receipt of such notice contractor shall forthwith suspend

or stop the work wholly or in part as required after

having due regard to the appropriate stage at which the

work should be stopped or suspended so to cause any

damage or injury to the work already done o endanger

the safety stopped or suspended shall have no claim to

any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of

or in presence of an notice as aforesaid, on account of

any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the

extent specified hereinafter.

2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as

aforesaid continued for a continues period exceeding 90

days the contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from

the contractual obligations under the contract so far as

it pertains to the unexecuted part of the work by giving

a 10 days prior notice in writing to the engineer within

30 days of the expiry of the said period of 90 days of

such intention and requiring the engineer to record the




final measurement of the work already done and to pay

final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor shall be

deeded to have been discharged from his obligation to

complete the remaining unexecuted work under his

contract. On receipt of such notice the engineer shall

proceed to complete the measurements and make such

payment as may be finally due to the contractor within a

period of 90 days from the receipt of such notice in

respect of the work already done by the contractor.

Such payment shall not in any manner prejudice the

right of the contractor to any further, compensation

under the remaining provisions of this clauses.

3) Where the Engineer required the contractor to

suspend the work for a period in excess of 30 days at

any time or 60 days in the aggregate the contractor shall

be entitled to apply to the Engineer within 30 days of

the resumption of work after. Such suspension for

payment of compensation to the extent of pecuniary

loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery

remained idle on the site or on the account of his having

and to pay the salary or the wages of labor engaged by

him during the said period of suspension provision

always that the contractor shall not be entitled to any

claim in respect of any such working machinery, salary

or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in

aggregate of such suspension or in or in respect of any

suspension whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory

work or any other default on his part. The decision of

the Engineer in this regard shall be final & conclusive

against the contractor.




4) In the event of –

i) Any total stoppage of work on notice form the

Engineer under sub clause (1) in that behalf.

ii) Withdrawal by the contractor form the

contractual obligation to complete the

remaining unexecuted work under sub clause (2)

on account of continued suspension of work for

a period exceeding 90 days.

OR

iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items

originally tendered on account of any alteration,

omission or substitution in the specification drawing,

designs or instruction under clause (14 (1) where such

curtailment excised 25 % in the quantity and the value

of quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rates for the

item specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5000/-

It shall be open to the contractor within 90 days from

the service of (i) The notice of stoppage of work or (ii)

The notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligation

under the contract on account of the continued

suspension of the work or (iii) Notice under clause 14 (1)

resulting in such curtailment to produce the Engineer

satisfactory documentary evidence that he had

purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the

contracted work before receipt by him of the notice of

stoppage. suspension or curtailment and required the

corporation to take over on payment such material at

the rates determined by the Engineer, provided

however such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at




which the same was acquired by the contractor. The

corporation shall thereafter take over the materials, so

offered are not in excess of the requirements of the

unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender

and are of quality & specification approved by the

Engineer.

No claim to

compensation on

account of loss

due to delay in

supply of

material by

corporation

Clause 15 A : The contractor shall not be entitled to

claim any compensation form corporation for the loss

suffered by him on account of delay by corporation in

the supply of materials where such delay is caused by-

i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway

wagons.

ii) Force- majeure

iii) Act of God

iv) Act of enemies of the state or any other

reasonable cause beyond the control of

corporation.

In the case of such delay in the supply of materials.

Corporation shall grant such extension of time for the

completion of the work as shall appear to the Executive

Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the

circumstances of the case. The decision of the Executive

Engineer as to the extension of the time shall be

accepted as final by the contractor & will be governed

by the provision of clause 6.

Time limit for

unforeseen

claims

Clause 16 : Under no circumstances whatever shall be

contractor be entitled to any compensation from

Corporation on any account unless the contractor shall




have submitted a claim in writing to the Engineer-in-

Charge within one month of the case of such claim

occurring.

Action &

Compensation

payable in case

of bad work.

Clause 17 : If any time before the security deposit or any

part thereof is refunded to the contractor it shall appear

to the Engineer – in-charge of his subordinate in charge

of the work that any work has been executed with

unsound, imperfect of unskillful workmanship or with

materials of inferior quality, of that materials or articles

provided by him for the execution of the work are

unsound. or of a quantity inferior to that contracted for,

or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it

shall be lawful for the Engines-in-charge to intimate this

fact in writing to the contractor and then

notwithstanding the fact that the work, materials or

articles complained of may had been inadvertently

passed, certified and paid for the contractor shall be

bound for with to recite, or remove or reconstruct the

work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may or

if so required shall remove the materials or articles so

specified and provided other proper and suitable

materials or articles at his own charge and cost and in

the event of his filing to do so within period to be

specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written

intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to

pay compensation at the rates of one percent on the

amount of estimate foe every day not exceeding 10

days, during which failure so continues and in the case

of any such failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify of

remove and re-execute the work or remove and rejoice




the materials or articles complained of as the case may

be at the risk and expense in all respect of the

contractor. Should the Engineer-in- charge consider that

any such inferior work or materials as described above

may be accepted or made use of it shall be within his

direction to accept the same at such reduced rates as he

may fix therefore.

Work to be open

to inspection.

Contractor or

responsible

agent to be

present.

Clause 18: All works under or in course of execution or

executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all times

be open to the inspection and supervision of the

Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and the

contractor shall at all times during the usual working

hours and at all times at which reasonable notice of the

intention of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates

to visit the work shall have been given to the contractor

either himself or present to receive orders and

instruction or have a responsible agent duly accredited

in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the

contractors dully authorities agent shall be considered

to have the same force and effect as if they had been

given to the contractor himself.

Notice to be

given before

work is covered

up.

Clause 19 : The contractor shall give not less than five

days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge or his

subordination in charge of the work before coving up to

otherwise placing beyond the reach of measurement

and work in order that the same may be measured and

correct dimension thereof taken before the same is so

covered up or placed beyond the reach of

measurements and work shall not cover up or place

beyond the reach of measurement any work without its




consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his

subordinate in charge of the work and if any work shall

covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement

without such notice having been given or consent

obtained the same shall be uncovered at the contractors

expense & in default thereof no payment or allowance

shall be mad for such work or for the materials with the

same was executed.

Contractor liable

for damage done

and for

imperfections for

three months

after certificate.

Clause 20 : If during the period of 12 months from the

date of completion as certified by the Engineer-in-

charge pursuant to Clause-7 of the contract of 12

months attar commissioning the work, whichever is

earlier in the opinion of the Executing Engineer, the said

work is defective in any manner whatsoever the

contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that

behalf from the Executive Engineer, duly commence

execution and complete carry out at his cost in cherry

respect all the work that may be necessary for rectifying

& setting right the defects specified therein including

dismounting and reconstruction of unsafe portions

strictly in accordance with and in the manner prescribed

and under the supervision of the Execution Engineer. In

the event of the contractor failing or reflecting to

commence execution of the said reification work with in

the period presented therefore in the said notice and/or

to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the

said notice, the Executive Engineer get the same

executed and carried out departmentally or by any

other agency at the risk on account and all the cost of

the contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on




demand pay to the Corporation the amount of such

costs, charges, and expenses sustained or incurred by

the corporation of which the certificate of Executive

Engineer shall be final and binding on the contract ,

such costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be

arrears of and revenue and on the event of the

contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on

demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other

night and remedies of the corporation, the same may be

recovered from the contractor as arrears of land

revenues.

The corporation shall also be entitled to deduct the

same form any account which may be payable or which

may thereafter become payable by the Corporation to

the contractor either in respect of the said work or any

other work whatsoever or form the amount of security

deposit retained by Corporation.

Contractor to

supply plant,

ladders,

scaffolding etc

Clause 21 : The contractor shall supply at his own cost

all materials (expect such special materials. if any as may

in accordance with the contract be supplied from the

corporation stores) point, tools, appliance, implements,

ladders carriage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary work

requisite for the proper execution of the work, whether

in the original, attired or subsisted from and whether

including in the specification of other documents

forming part of the contract or referred to in the side

conditions or not and which may be necessary for the

purpose of satisfying or complying with the

requirement of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter

as to which under conditions he is entitled to be




.And is liable for

damages arising

from non

provisions of life

fencing etc.

satisfied or which he is entitled to require together with

the raring therefore to and from the work. The

contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite

number of persons with the means and materials

necessary for the purpose of setting out works and

counting, weighting and assisting in the measurement

or examination at any time & from item to time of the

work or the materials, failing which the same may be

provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of

the contractor and the expenses may be deducted from

any money due to the contractor under the contractor

or from his security deposit or the proceed of sale

thereof a sufficient portion thereof. The contractor shall

provided all necessary fencing and lights required tap

protect the public from accident and shall also the

bound to bear the expenses of defensive of every suit,

action or other legal proceeding that may be brought

beanie person for injures stained owing to neglect of the

above precautions and to pay any damages and costs

which may be awarded in any such suit, action or

proceedings to any such person or which may with the

consent of the contractor be paid for compromising any

claim by any such person.

Clause 21 (A) : The contractor shall provided scaffolds

and working platforms gangways and stairways and shall

comply with the following regulations in connection

therewith.

a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for

all work that cannot be safety done from a ladder or by




other means.

b) A scaffolds shall not be constructed taken down or

substantially altered expect.

i) under the supervision of a competent and

responsible person and

ii) as far as possible by competent workers

possessing adequate experience in this kind of

work.

c) All scaffolds and appliances connected there with and

all ladders shall

i) be of sound material

ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the

loads and strains to which they will be subjected

and

iii) the maintained in proper condition.

d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof

can be displaced in consequence of normal use.

e) Scaffolds shall not be over-loaded and so far as

practicable the load shall be evenly distributed.

f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special

precaution shall be taken to ensure the strength and

stability of the scaffold.

g) Scaffolds shall be periodically by the competent

persons.

h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen

the contractor shall whether the scaffold has been




erected by his workmen or not take steps to ensure that

if complies fully with the regulation here-in-specified.

i) Working platform, gangways, stairways shall-

i) be so constructed that no part thereof can

sag unduly or unequally.

ii) be so constructed and maintained having

regard to the prevailing conditions as to

reduce as far as practicable risks of persons

and stripping or slipping, and

iii) be kept from form any unnecessary

obstruction.

ii) In the case of working platforms, gangways,

working place and stairways at a height

exceeding 3 meters.

i) every working platform and every gangways

shall be close boarded unless other adequate

measure are taken to ensure safety.

ii) ever working platform and gangways shall

have adequate width and

iii) every working platform, gangways, working

place and stairway shall be suitable fenced.

k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working

platform shall expect for the time and to extent required

to allow the excess of persons or the transport or

shifting of material be provided with suitable means to

prevent the fall of persons or material.

l) When persons are employed on roof where three is a




danger of falling from a height exceeding 3 meters

suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall

persons of materials.

m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent

persons beings struck by articles which might fall from

scaffolds or other working places.

n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working

platforms & other working places.

o) The contractor(s) will to make payments to the

laborers as per Minimum Wages Act.

Clause 21 (B) The contractor shall company with the

following regulations as regards the Hoisting Appliances

to be used by him.

a) Hoisting machines and tackle, including their

attachments, anchorage and support shall.

i) Be of good mechanical construction, sound material

and adequate strength and free from patent defect.

ii) be kept in good repair and good working order.

b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or

as a means of suspension shall be of suitable quality

and adequate strength and free from patent defect.

c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and

adequately tested after erection on the site and

before use and be re-examined and in position at

intervals to be prescribed by the Corporation.

d) Every chain. ring , hook, shackle, swivel and pulley

block used in hoisting or lowering materials or as




means of suspension shall be periodically examined.

e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator

shall be properly qualified.

f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be

in control of any hoisting machine, including any

scaffold which or give signals to the operator..

g) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain,

ring, shackles, swivel, pulley bock used in hoisting or

lowering or as a means of suspension the safe

working load shall be ascertained by adequate

means.

h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in

proceeding regulation shall be plainly marked with

the safe working load.

i) In case of a hoisting machine having a veritable safe

working load, each safe working load and the

conditions under which it is applicable shall be

clearly indicated.

j) No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear

referred to in regulation (g) above shall be loaded

beyond the safe working load expect for the purpose

of testing.

k) Moters, gearing, transmission, electric, wring and

other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances shall be

provided with efficient safeguards.

l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such




means as will reduce to minimum risk of the

accidental descent of the load.

m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a

minimum the risk at any part of suspended load

becoming accidentally displaces.

measures for

prevention of fire

Clause 22 : The contractor shall not set fire to any

standing jungle, tress, brush wood or grass without

attention point from the Executive Engineer. When such

permit is given and also in all cases when destroying out

or dug up tees, brushwood, grass etc. by fire, the

contractor shall take necessary measure to prevent such

fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding

property. The contractor shall make his own

arrangements for dunking water for the labors

employed by him.

Liability of

contract for any

damage done in

or outside work

area

Clause 23 : Compensation for all damage done

internationally or unintentionally by contractors labor

whether in or beyond the limits of Corporation property

including any damage caused by the spreading of fire

mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the

Engineer-in-charge or such other officer as he may

appoint and the estimates of the Engineer-in-charge

subject to the decisions of the Superintending Engineer

on apparel shall be final and the contractor shall be

bound to pay amount of the assessed compensation on

demand, falling which the same will be recovered from

the contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in

clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any

sums that may be due or become from Corporation to




contractor under this contract or otherwise.

The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any

action or other legal proceeding that may be brought by

any persons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect

of precautions to present the spread of fire and shall pay

any damages and cost that may be awarded by the

count in consequence.

Employment of

female labour

Clause 24 : DELETED

Work on weekly

holidays

Clause 25 : No work shall be done on weekly local

holidays without the sanction in writing of the Engineer-

in-charge.

Work not to

sublet.

contract may be

rescinded and

security for

subletting it

without approval

Clause 26 : Contract shall not be assigned or subject

without the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

And if the contractor shall assign or subject his contract

or attempt so to do or become insolvent or commence

any proceedings to get himself adjudicated and

insolvent or make any compositions with his creditors or

attempt so to do or it bribe , gratingly loan, perquisite

reward of advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall either

directly or indirectly be given or promised or offered by

the contractor or any of his servants or agents to any

Corporation officer or person in the employment of

corporation in any way relating to his officer or

employment or if any such officer or person shall

become in any way directly or indirectly interested in

the contract the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by

notice in writing resin the contract any the security,

deposit and additional security deposit of the contractor




of far bribing a

corporation

officer or if

contractor

becomes

insolvent.

shall there upon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the

disposal of corporation and same consequences shall

ensure as if the contract had been rescinded under

clause 3 here of and addition the contractor shall not be

entitle to recover or be paid for any work therefore

actually performed under the contract.

Sum payable by

way of

compensation to

be considered as

reasonable

compensation

without

reference to

actual loss.

Clause 27 : All sum payable by a contractor by way of

compensation under any of these condition shall be

considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied

to the use of Corporation without reference to the

actual loss or damage sustained and whether reference

to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any

damage has or not been sustained.

Changes in the

constitution of

firm to be

notified

Clause 28 : In the case of tender by the partners any

change in the constitution of a firm shall be forthwith

notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for

his information.

Direction and

control of the

superintending

Engineer

Clause 29 : All work to be executed under the contract

shall be executed under the direction and subject to the

approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer

of the circle for the time being who shall be entitled to

direct at what point or point and in what manner they

are to be commenced and from time to time carried out.

Clause 30.1 : Except where otherwise specified in

contract and subject to the powers delegated to him by

corporation under the code, rules than the force the

decision of Superintending Engineer of the circle for the

time being shall be final, conclusive and binding or all




parties of the contract upon all question relating to the

meaning of the specification, design, drawing and

instructions herein before mentioned and as to the

quality or workmanship or materials used on the work

or as to any other question claim, right matter or thing

whatsoever if any arising out or relating to the contract,

designs, drawings specification estimate instruction,

orders or these condition or otherwise concerning the

works, or the execution or failure to execute same,

whether arising during the progress of work or after the

completion or abandonment thereof.

Clause 30.2 The contractor any within 30 days of

receipt by him of any order passed by the

Superintending Engineer of the circle as aforesaid

appeal against it to the Chief Engineer concerned with

the contract work or project provided that -

a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 10

Lakhs ( Rs. Ten Lakhs )

b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 Lakh ( Rs.

One Lakh)

Clause 30.3 If the contractor is not satisfied with the

order passed by the chief Engineer as aforesaid the

contractor may within 30 days of receipt by him of any

such order appeal against it to the Execute Director

Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation

Pune, who if convinced that primafacia the contractor’s

claim rejected by Superintending Engineer / Chief

Engineer is frivolous and that there is some substance in

the claim of contractor as would merit detailed




examination & decision by Executive Committee /

standing Committee shall put up the Executive

Committee / standing committee at / corporation level

for suitable decision.

Stores of

European or

American

manufacturer to

be obtained from

corporation

Clause 31 : The contractor shall obtain from the

corporation stores all stores and articles of European of

American manufacture which may be required for the

work of any part thereof or in making up any articles

required there for / or in connection therewith unless he

has obtained permission in writing from Engineer –in-

charge to obtain such stores and articles elsewhere. The

value of such stores and articles may be supplied to the

contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to

the contractor in his account at the rates shown in the

schedule, in form A attached to the contract & if any are

not entered in the said schedule, they shall be debited

to him at cost price which for the purpose of this

contract shall include the cost of carriage & other

expenses whatsoever which shall have been incurred in

obtaining delivery of the same at the stores aforesaid.

Lump sums in

Estimates

Clause 32 : When the estimate on which a tender is

made includes lump sum in respect of part of works the

contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the

item of work involved or the part of work in question at

the same rates as are payable

under this contract for each item or if the part of work in

question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge

capable measurement of Engineer-in-charge may at his

described any the lump sum amount entered in the




estimate and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-

in-charge shall be final & conclusive against the

contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to

him under the provisions of this clause.

Action where no

specification

Clause 33 : In case of any class of work for which there is

no such specification as is mentioned in Rule 1 such

work shall be carried out in accordance with the

divisional specifications and in the event of there being

no divisional specification than in such case the work

shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with all

instructions & requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.

Definition of

work

Clause 34 : The expression ‘work’ or ‘works’ where

used in these conditions shall unless there be something

in the subject of context repugnant to such construction

be construed to mean the work or works contracted to

be executed under or in virtue of the contract whether

original, altered, substituted or additional.

Contractor’s

percentage

whether applied

to net or gross

amount of bill

Clause 35 : The percentage referred to in the tender

shall be deducted from / added to the gross amount of

the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued.

Payment of

quarry fees and

royalties

Clause 36 : All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues &

ground rent for stacking materials if any , should be paid

by contractor. Amount of royalty charges will be

withheld from the respective R.A. bills and payment will

be released on production of receipts of paid royalty

charges by the contractor.




Compensation

under workmen’s

compensation

act.

Clause 37 : The contractor shall be responsible for &

shall pay any compensation to his workmen payable

under the workmen’s compensation Act 1923 ( VIII of

1923 ) ( there in after called the said Act ) for injuries

caused to the workmen if such compensation is payable

and or paid by corporation as principal under sub-

section(i) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the

contractor it shall be recoverable by corporation from

the contractor under sub-section(2) of the said section

such compensation shall be recovered in the manner

laid down in clause 1 above.

Clause 37(A) : The contractor shall be responsible for

and shall pay the expenses to providing medical aid to

any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury as a result

of an accident. If such expenses are incurred by

corporation the same shall be recoverable from

contractor forthwith and be deducted without prejudice

to any other remedy of corporation from any amount

due or that may become due to the contractor.

Clause 37 (B) : The contractor shall provide all

necessary personal safety equipment and list and

apparatus available for the use of the persons employed

on the site & shall maintain the same in condition

suitable for immediate use at any time & shall comply

with the following regulation in connection therewith.

a) The worker’s shall be required to use the equipments

so provided by the contractor & contractor shall take

adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by

those concerned.




b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place

where there is a risk of drawing all necessary equipment

shall be provided & kept ready for use & all necessary

steps shall be taken for prompt rescue of any person in

danger.

C) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid

treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the

course of the work.

Clause 37 (C) : The contractor shall duly comply with the

provision of apprentices Act 1961 ( III of 1961 ) the rules

made there under & orders that may be issued from

time to time under the said Act & the said Rules & on his

failure or neglect to do so he shall be subject to all the

liabilities & penalties provided by the said Act & said

Rules.

Claim for

quantities

entered in the

tender or

estimates.

Clause 38 : 1) Quantities shown in the tender are

approximate and no claim shall be entertained for

quantities of work executed being either more or less

than those entered in the tender or estimates.

2) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in

the Schedule “B” , Part I of the tender are approximate

and no revision in the tendered rates shall be permitted

in respect of any of items so long as subject to any

special provision constrained in the specification

prescribing different percentage of permissible variation

the quantity of the item does not exceeds the tender

quantity by more than 25 percent and so long as the




value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate

of the item specified in the tender is not more than Rs.

5,000/-

3) The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the

Engineer so to do, also carry out any quantities in excess

of the limit mentioned in sub clause (2) here of on the

same condition as and in accordance with the

specification in the tender and at the rates (i) derived

from the rates entered in the current schedule of rates

and in the absence of such rate (ii) at the rate prevailing

in the market. The rate shall be revised with reference

to current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year

basis or revised in accordance with mutual agreement

there on whichever is less.

4) In case the quantity of any item reduces by more than

25% the rates of such item shall be revised as per

provisions of sub clause 3 of clause 38. However the

total payment of such item shall be limited to seventy

five percent of estimated cost of that item put to tender.

5) The provisions of this clause will not be applicable to

the additional anticipated items in Schedule-‘B’, Part – II.

Employment of

famine labour

etc.

Clause 39 : The contractor shall employ any famine,

convict of other labour of a particular kind or class if

ordered in waiting labour etc. to do so by the Engineer-

in-charge

Claim for

compensation for

delay starting the

Clause 40 : No compensation shall be allowed for any

delay caused in the starting of the work on account of

acquisition of land or in the case of clearance work on




work account of delay in according to sanction of estimates.

Claim for

compensation for

delay in

execution of

work

Clause 41 : No compensation shall be allowed for any

delay in the execution of the work on account of water

standing on borrow, pits or compartments. The rates

are inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud

sub-soil water or water standing in barrow pits and no

claim for extra rates shall be entertained unless

otherwise expressly specified.

Entering upon or

commencing any

portion of work

Clause 42 : The contractor shall be enter upon or

commence any portion of work expected with the

written authority and instruction of the Engineer-in-

charge or of his subordinate in charge of the work failing

such authority the contractors shall have no claim to

ask for measurement of or payment of work.

Minimum age of

person

employed, the

employment of

donkeys and or

other animals.

Clause 43 : i) No contractors shall employ any person

who is under the age of 14 years.

ii) No contractors shall employ donkeys or other

animals with breaching of string or then rope. The

breaching must be at least three inches wide and

should be of tape ( Nawar )

iii) The Engineer –in-charge or his Agent is authorised to

remove from the work any persons of animal found

working which does not satisfy these conditions and no

responsibility shall be accepted by corporation for any

delay caused in completion of the work by such removal.

iv) The contractors shall pay fair and reasonable wages

to the workmen employed by him, in the contract




undertaken by him in the event of any dispute arising

between the contractor and his workmen on the

grounds that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable

the dispute shall be referred without delay to the

Executive Engineer shall be conclusive and binding on

the contractors but such decision shall not in any effect

the conditions in the sanctioned tender rates.

v) Contractors shall provide drinking water facilities to

the workers similar amenities shall e provided to the

workers engaged on large work in urban areas.

vi) The contractor should take precaution against

accidents which take place on account of labour using

loose garments while working near machinery.

Method of

payment

Clause 44: Payment to contractors shall be made by

cheque, provided that the amount exceeds Rs. 500/-

Amounts not exceeding Rs. 500/- will be paid in cash.

Acceptance of

condition

compulsory

before tendering

the work

Clause 45 : Any contractors who does not accept these

conditions shall not be allowed to tender for works.

Employment of

scarcity labour

Clause 46 : If Government declares a state of scarcity or

famine to visit in any village situated within 16 km of the

work the contractors shall employ upon such parts of

the works as are suitable for unskilled labour any

persons certified to him to him by Executive

Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be

in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such




person wages not below the minimum which

Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes

which may arise in connection with the implementation

of this clause shall be decided by the Executive Engineer

whose decisions shall be final and binding on

contractors.

Clause 47 : The price quoted by the contractors shall

not in any case exceed the control price. if any fixed by

Government or reasonable price which it is permissible

for him to charge a private purchaser for the same class

and description the controlled price or the price

permissible exceed the controlled price or the price

permissible under Hoarding and Profiteering ordinance,

1948 as amended from times to time. if the price quoted

exceed the controlled price or the price permissible

under hoarding and profiteering prevention ordinance

the contractors will specifically mention this fact in this

tender along with the reasons for quoted such higher

price. The purchaser at his description will in such case

exercise the right of revising the price at any stages so as

to conform with the controlled price as permissible

under the Hoarding and prevention ordinance This

discretion will be exercised without prejudice to any

other action that may be taken against the contractor.

Clause 48 : The rates to be quoted by the contractors

must be inclusive of states Tax No. extra payment on

this account will be made to the contractor.

Surplus material Clause 49 : In the case if materials may remain surplus

with the contractors from those issued for the work

contracted for the date of ascertainment of the




materials being surplus will be taken as the date of the

sale for the purpose of sales tax and the sales tax will be

recovered on such sales.

Employment of

local labour

Clause 50 : The contractor shall employ the unskilled

labour to be employed by him on the said work only

from locally available labours and shall give performance

to those persons enrolled under Maharashtra

Government Employment and self Employment

department’s scheme.

Provided, however, that if the required unskilled labours

are not available locally the contractor shall in the first

instance employ such number of persons as is available

and thereafter may with previous permission in writing

for the Executive Engineer in charge of the said work of

in the rest of requirement of unskilled the labour from

outside the above scheme. Charges of the said work

obtain the rest of the requirement of unskilled labour

from outside the above scheme.

Wages as per

minimum wages

Act 1948

Clause 51 : Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled

labours engaged by the contractors.

the contractors shall any the labours skills according to

the wages prescribed by the Minimum wages Act of

1948 applicable to the area in which the work of the

contractors is located.

Hiring of

Machinery

Clause 52 : All amounts whatsoever which the

contractor is liable to pay to the corporation in

connection with the execution of the work including the




amount payable in respect of (i) materials and / or

stores supplied / issued hereunder by the corporation to

the contractor ii ) hire charges in respect of heavy plant

machinery and equipment given on hire by the

corporation to the contractor for execution by him of

the work and / or on which advances have been given by

the corporation it the contractor shall be deemed to be

arrears of the Land Revenue and the corporation any

without prejudice to and other right and remedies of the

Corporation recover the same from contractor as

arrears of revenue.

Maharashtra

Contract Labour

(Rules 1977)

Clause 53 : The contractor shall duly comply with all the

previsions of the contract labour ( Regulation and

Abolition ) Act 197 ( 37 of 1970 ) and the Maharashtra

contract labour ( Regulation and Abolition ) Rules 1971

as amended from time to time and all other relevant

status and statuary provisions conceding payment of

wages particularly to workmen employed by the

contractor and working on the site of the work in

particular contractor shall pay wages to each worker

employed by him on the site of the work at the rates

prescribed under the Maharashtra contract labour (

Regulation and Abolition ) Rule 1971.1 if the contractor

fails or neglect to pay wages as the said rates or makes

short payment and the Corporation makes such

payment of wages in full or part thereof less paid by the

Corporation to such workers shall be deemed to the

arrears of Lands Revenue and the Corporation shall be

entitled to recover the same as such from the

contractors or deduct the same from the amount

payable by the corporation to the contractor hereunder

or from any other amounts payable to him by the




Corporation.

MVAT Tax Clause 54 : The contractor shall duly comply with all the

provisions of the Maharashtra state tax on the

professions and tenders callings and employment act

1975 ( See Rule 3(2). The contractor shall obtain

certificate of registration clearance certificates and

when demanded.

Maharashtra

Professional Tax

Clause 55 : The contractor shall duly comply with all the

provisions of the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act

2005 rule 58 on the transfer of goods involved in the

execution of work contracts.

As per the Maharashtra value Added Tax on the transfer

of property in goods involved in the execution of works

contracts of the contract rules, the amount of tax

deducted at source is 2% in respect of contractor

registered under VAT ACT 2005 and 4% in respect of

contractors not registered under VAT Act 2005 from

every payment made towards such contracts where the

aggregate amount payable is more than Rs. 50,000/-

during one year.

Fuel

arrangement for

labours of

contractors

Clause 56: The contractor shall make arrangement to

supply fuel for domestic use to all the labours engaged

on site and prevent the labour from cutting trees for the

purpose of fuel. If the contractors labour found to cut

the trees the contractor shall be held responsible for the

same and shall be punished as per the provision in forest

conservation Act – 1980.




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION –––– VVVVIIIIIIIIIIII

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF

CONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACT




SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 Contractor to inform himself fully:

The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work and

site conditions, the special conditions, the specifications, schedules and

drawings and shall be deemed to have visited the work site, his own

quarries for rubble and sand and to have fully informed himself regarding

the availability of construction materials, local conditions, ancillary works

required to be done etc. before quoting the offer.

The contractor has to ascertain and satisfy himself the regarding the lead

involved for the material required for the work. The offer quoted by him

shall include the cost of this component. So that no extra lead charges will

be claimed by him during execution of work.

This will be applicable in the case of items and specifications of works

where the cost of lead is involved for the materials brought by the

contractor.

If he shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of the special

conditions or the scope of work or the specifications or any other matter

concerning the contract, he shall in good time, set forth the particulars

thereof and submit them to the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-

charge generally means the Executive Engineer directly in charge of the

work, but also means the Superintending Engineer, Chief Engineer of

Corporation, for exercising powers under this contract.

2.0 Contract Drawings and Specifications :

2.1 On acceptance of the tender, three sets of contract drawings and

working drawings will be supplied to the contractor free of charge

within one week on request by the contractor and at the

discretion of Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall be supplied

additional copies of contract documents to be charged at the rate

of Rs. 1500/- (Rs. One thousand five hundred only) per set.




2.2 The drawings which form part of this contract show the works to

be done in such details as possible to do for the present. They will

be supplemented or superseded by such additional detailed

drawings as may be necessary as the work progress. The

contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with these

additional and or revised drawings as the case may be at the

applicable rates as per the contract. The contractor shall be

supplied a maximum number of three copies of each of the

working drawings free of charge. If the contractor require any

additional copy for his use, this may be supplied at the discretion

of Engineer-in-charge and the contractor will be charged Rs. 500/-

per set of contract drawings and Rs. 100/- for each of such

additional copy of each drawing.

2.3 The contractor shall check all drawings carefully and intimated the

Engineer-in-charge immediately any errors or omissions

discovered. The contractor shall not take advantage of any kind of

errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.

3.0 Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor:

A) Prior to the commencement of the work the contractor shall

submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval, drawings or prints

on white ammonia paper of size 1020 mm x 690 mm or 510 mm x

345 mm as may be suitable in triplicate showing, the location of

major plant workshop, if any, roadways, temporary bridges,

unloading facilities and storage yards, etc. which he proposes to

put up at the site.

B) Then contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for

approval within one month from the date of his receiving notice to

start work a layout plan of construction plant and equipment for

the execution of the work which the contractor proposes to adopt

at site.




C) Any changes in the approved layout will be subject to further

approval.

D) The approval of the drawings, however, will not relieve the

contractor of his responsibility from any errors or omissions.

4.0 Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies :

A) In case of errors, omissions and / or disagreement between

written and scaled dimensions on the drawings or between the

drawings and specifications, the following orders of preference

shall apply.

• Between actual scaled and written dimensions or

description on drawing and corresponding one in the

specification, the latter shall be adopted.

• Between the quantities in the schedule of quantities and

those arrived at from the drawings, the former shall apply.

• Between the written description of the item in the

schedule of quantities and the detailed specifications of

the same item the latter shall be adopted.

B) The information in connection with the works and work site as

well as specifications are contained in this book of contract in

general and in particular in two parts, viz, special conditions and

specifications for item of work in case of any discrepancy or

repugnancy in the clauses in these sections, the specifications will

prevail over special conditions.

C) The special conditions of contract and the specifications shall

prevail over various clauses of B-1 tender form.

D) In all cases of omissions and / or doubts or discrepancies, in the

dimensions or description of any item, a reference shall be made

to the Engineer-in-charge whose elucidation, elaboration or

decision shall be considered as authentic and final subject to the




Clause 30.1 of B-1 Form. The contractor shall be held responsible

for any errors that may occur in the work through lack of such

reference and precaution.

5.0 Use of site :

All land required shall be arranged by the contractor from private land

owner / Revenue department at his own cost and no claim on this

account shall be entertained.

All areas of operation, including those of his staff and labour colonies, in

case handed over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed over

back in good condition to the Engineer-in-charge, except the areas under

works constructed from the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall

make good, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge any damage or

alterations made to areas which he has to hand over back or to other

property or land handed over to him for the purpose of this work.

The lands shall as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the

Engineer-in-Charge within three months after the completion of the work

under this contract or the termination of the contract whichever is

earlier. Also no land shall be held by the contractor longer than the

Engineer-in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall on due

notice by the Engineer-in-charge vacate and return the land which the

Engineer-in-charge may certify as no longer required by the contractor for

the purpose of the works. In case the lands are not handed over back to

the Corporation within the time limit, specified above, penal rent as may

be decided by the Engineer-in-charge will be recoverable.

The vegetation and forest is noticeable in project area. The contractor

should take utmost care for the preservation of this vegetation and

forest. Any damage in this variation and forest will have to be

compensated by the contractor and decision from Engineer-in-charge will

be final and binding on contractor.




6.0 Contractor Not To Dispose Off Soil etc.:

The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove exert for

the purpose of this contract, sand stone, clay, battiest, earth rock or other

substance of materials which may be obtained from the excavation made

for the purpose of these contract or any produce from the site. All such

substance, materials and produces shall be the property of Corporation

and shall be disposed off in a manner and at poach shown in the drawings

or as and where the Engineer-in-charge may direct.

7.0 Gold/Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics, etc found on the site. :

All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious

stones, coins treasure, relic, antiquities and other similar things which

shall be found in or upon the site, shall be property of Government and

the Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the

Engineer-in-charge and shall from time to time, deliver the same to such

person or persons as the Engineer-in-charge may appoint.

8.0 Access to site and work and Co-operation with other contractors :

The Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers fit, from time to time, enter

on any lands which may be in the possession of the Contractor under the

contract for the purpose of exciting any works not included in the

contract and may execute such works not included in this contract by

agents or by other contractors at his option and the contractor shall in

accordance with the requirements of Engineer-in-charge afford all

reasonable facilities for execution of he works, including occupation of

lands by structures or otherwise to any other contractor employed by the

corporation and his workmen or for the workmen of the Corporation who

may be employed in the execution on or near the site of work not

included in the contract, or of any contract in connection with or specially

to the works and in default, the contractor shall be liable to the

Corporation for any delay or experiences incurred by reason of such

defaults. The contractor shall not however, on account of any such




modified, new or extra work executed by or for the same of the

corporation be entitled to claim relief from the obligation to execute the

works. The contractor shall also Co-operate with other contractors with

all fairness and mutual understanding and use the common facilities like

access roads to quarries, whether supply arrangements, etc.

The contract shall also not cause adversely or inadvertently and

obstruction or impediments in the progress of the progress of the other

works beings executed by corporation or through other agencies, In the

event of dispute regarding the claim, the responsibility, liabilities etc. in

respect of such facilities, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be

final.

9.0 Cleaning up :

a) The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas and

his colony and storage free from accumulation of waste or

rejected materials.

b) Prior to the complain of the work, the contractor shall remove all

rubbish from and around the premises and all tools, scaffolding

equipment, and materials which are not part of permanent

structures except otherwise asked for or as provided under any

other clauses of this contract, the premises will be left in a manner

fully satisfactory to the Engineer-in-charge.

10.0 Layout of construction roads :

The contractor shall have to submit detailed plan to the Engineer-in-

charge. Showing the layout of the work site, roads and approach roads

proposed by him before he start the actual work such a road layout plan

will be scrutinized by the Engineer-in-charge and any modifications

suggested by him will be binding on the contractor if it is decided by the

Engineer-in-charge to have some of the roads pressed by the contractor

as common roads for common use for Corporation and other contractors




or convenient and for compact, and planned layout of work site, the

contractor will be bound to construct them and allow them to be used

simultaneously by other contractors and departments. In case of

disputes, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding

on the contractor.

11.0 Period and hours of work :

The work shall be done usually during the day time, in the interest of

progress if it is felt necessary to work during night, the contractor shall

obtain specific permission of the Engineer-in-charge. If the work is to be

done at night, prior permission of Engineer-in-charge should be obtained

and adequate lighting arrangement shall be made as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

12.0 Signing Field Books, Longitudinal Sections, Cross Sections and

Measurement Books:

12.1 Before starting the work, and at the end before the work is

covered, levels for plotting the longitudinal section (along the axis

as decided by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised

representative) and cross sections of the proton of the work shall

be taken by the authorised Engineer of the contractor in the

presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his duly authorized

representative and the same shall have to be got attested form

the Engineer-in-charge or his representative in the authorised

books shall be final and finding on the contractor. For this

purpose, suitable date or date shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-

charge and intimated to the contractor at least three days in

advance, if the contractor or his duly authorised agent fails to

attend on the appointed date or dates, the levels will be taken on

such alignment and cross sections as will be useful for reference

permanently and described under specifications for ‘Excavation’.

The point of locations for he level will depend upon the roughness




of the area and will also be at last in conformity with the

requirements for specifications for ‘Excavation’ as far as possible.

13.0 Programme of Construction :

Work and Progress Schedules:

The contraction programme is given in Annex ‘A’ to Section 1 – Detailed

Tender Notice of tender document based on which the physical

programme is prepared. If the tenderer dose not agrees with this

programme, he shall submit his own programme without snagging total

period of tender along with tender documents inclusive of the physical

programme as stated above, subject to the provision that 50% of the

work shall be completed in 50% of the contract period.

In case it is subsequently found necessary to alter his programme agree in

contract document including the changes in the sequence of the items,

the contractor shall submit in good time a revised programme

incorporating necessary modification proposed and get the same

approved form the Engineer-in-charge.

The submission of the works programme and approval to it by the

Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or

responsibilities under the contractor, like timely completion, the damages

due to fold or other natural calamities etc. The contractor shall not be

entitled for any claims for any damages caused due to particular work

programme. It is the entire responsibility of the contractor to frame the

programme after anticipating the rains, floods, etc. Actual work turned

out shall be mainly taken into account and not just the sum total of the

various payment s made to the contractor.

The advance on the material brought to the site of work will be

accounted for while arriving at the progress achieved by the contractor in

terms of proportion of the total work tendered for.




14.0 Materials :

a) Cement

The cement shall conform to I.S.269-1967 and subsequent revision for

Portland cement and I.S 1489-1976 and subsequent revisions for

Pozollana cement.

All cement required for the work under this contract (If work cost is more

than Rs. 100 lakhs) shall be procured, well in advance by the contractor

in polyphone bags to twenty to a metric ton as received from the cement

actuaries. The cement bags shall be branded by words’ GOVERNMENT OF

MAHARASHTRA’ with 80 mm high and 15 mm thin letters on one side of

the beg. The contractor shall be writer application collect the

authorisation letter indicating contract number. Quantity of cement from

the contractor intends to purpose the cement to brand the cement bags

as stipulated above. Following cement factories have been approved by

the corporation.

(1) ACC Ltd., (2) Manikgarh, (3) L&T,

(4) CCI (Tender), (5) Narmada, (6) Rajashree.

The contractor shall produce proof of purpose of cement form the

cement form the cement factories the purpose bill supported by Delivery

Challan and Excise Gate Pass shall constitute adequate proof of purchase.

Cement shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal and use of

cement in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being first used.

Cement shall be kept in a store under double locking arrangement (one

lock to be operated by contractor and second lock to be operated by the

authorised person of Corporation) so that it can be taken out or fresh

stock admitted with the knowledge of supervising staff of the

Corporation. The watch and word of the cement stores shall be the

responsibility of the contractor.




In the event of cement in branded bags remaining surplus due to

authorised reduction in quantity of work certified by the Engineer-in-

charge and as noticed after the issue of completion certificate, the

contractor may chose either of the following three alternative.

1 To transfer the cement in branded bags, with prior written

permission from the Engineer-in-charge to any of the contract

work with the Corporation and account for the same therein.

2 To sell the cement in branded bags with prior written permission

from the Engineer-in-charge to any of the contractors carrying

out the works on contract with the Corporation at a price to be

negotiated by both the contract account for the same.

3 To sell the cement in branded bags with prior written permission

from the Engineer-in-charged to the Corporation at the Ex-

factory price = Sales tax + Octroi, if any + delivery at Corporation

go down as directed by the corporation. If the purchases prices

paid by the contractor plus delivery at Corporation go down are

the above, the lower of the two shall be considered. The

corporation will accept the cement in branded bags only if the

same is as per the specifications and of acceptable quality.

For works costing less than Rs. 100 lakhs, cement shall be supplied

by Corporation at the rtes and place of delivery as specified in

schedule ‘A’

15.0 Laboratory for testing work :

Whenever the testing of materials concert maxis, motor and also of

foundations of completed works are equipped as per the detailed

specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer-in-charge at

Contractor’s cost and the results given by this laboratory shall be

considered correct and authentic by the contract.




The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labours, shall

be supplied by the contractor to the Corporation free of cost. The

samples for testing shall be taken in the presence of Engineer-in-charge

or his representative present on site.

The Contractor or his authorised representative shall have a free access in

these laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing

etc. Even if the contractor or his representative fails to remain present

which collecting samples or testing the result will be considered as

authentic and binding on the contractor.

16.0 Hire of Construction Equipment’s : (Not Applicable)

Construction equipment owned by the Corporation, if available and can

given on hire conveniently will be made available on specific request to

the contractor at rates that will be prescribed by corporation form time to

time. Supervision charges will also be levied as prescribed by the

corporation and shall agree to the specific rates of hire and supervision

charges in force on the day of transaction in writhing before machinery in

taken out of the Corporation’s yard by him. The contractor shall pay

irrevocable bank guarantee for a value equal to 25% of the cost of the

similar new machinery; for a period equal to period of hire plus three

months. Some such items of equipment are indicated below.

Rated Equipment

i) Tankers

ii) Diesel road rollers

iii) Tippers

iv) Dozers

v) Loader

vi) Seismopactor




The machinery shall be entirely in the custody of the Corporation. It shall

be issued to the contractor at the yard where they are stationed. The

machinery will not be allowed to level the work area on any account. All

machinery so hired will be entirely operated and maintained by the

Corporation in consideration of the hire charges to be paid by the

contractor.

If an equipment is to be used in excess of 8 (eight) hours per day,

permission of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained in advance.

Reckoning of working hours will start from the time the machinery leaves

Corporation yard, where it has to return to it daily and in other cases

when the machinery actually states working. Cosign time of working will

be when it returns to the Corporation yard or actually ceases working for

the day, respectively.

Log books shall be maintained by the Engineer or his authorised

representative for each piece of equipment in the form laid down by the

engineer. The Contractor or his duly authorised agent shall verify and sign

in the log book or on the machinery duly slip in lieu thereof, daily. If the

contractor’s representative fails to sign the log book, the entries made by

the Corporation's representative shall be binding on the contractor. Any

complaint or representation regarding the recorded working hours must

be submitted in writing with 24(twenty four) hours of the close of the

shift. The Engineer’s decision regarding such disputes pertaining to

working hours shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Complaints or

representations made after lapse of 24 (twenty four) hours limit shall not

be considered. The log nooks shall form the basis for raising debits against

the Contractor.

All expenses in respect of oil, fuel, grease, cotton waste etc. shall be

borne by the Corporation. Crew for operating the equipment shall be

provided by the Corporation.




All minor and major repairs shall be carried out by the corporation, to

keep the equipment in working condition. However in case of any

breakage, damages, slips etc. which may occur due to the negligence of

contractors labour, equipment or staff or by reason, for which

Corporation personnel are not responsible the cost of such damages shall

be recovered from the contractor. The decision regarding fixing of

responsibility for any damages shall rest with the Engineer-in-charge and

decision given by him shall be binding on the Contractor.

Equipment shall be given on hire only when these can be spared. No

claim on account of sickness or non availability of machinery shall be

entertained.

In case of damage to the equipment during haulage to site of work from

Corporation stores or serving yard, full cost of repairs shall be recovered

from the contractor

When damage is due to rough handling, that damage to trucks/tippers

hue to bad haulage roads will also be recovered from the contractor.

Decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding of repairs and cause of

damage shall be final and binding on the contractor.

A truck, tipper, tanker and any other equipment may be hired for a single

day at a time and the minimum charges to be levied will be 8 (eight)

hours plus mileage or for 8 (eight) hours when mileage is not applicable.

Compressor and concrete mixers shall not be hired or less than a day time

and minimum charges for hire will be that for four hours per day. Crusher

shall not be hired for a period less than a moth at a time. The minimum

charges for hire will be those for 25 (twenty five) days and 8 (eight) hours

per day.




17.0 Other Contractor for the work :

Corporation has the right to split-up the project work detailed in the work

and site conditions, into distinct items and this contract shall apply only to

those items which shall have been specified in this contract.

Should Corporation enter into other contractors for specified items of the

project work, each contractor shall co-operate with others to the fullest

extent and shall allow others every facility and co-operation for execution

of their works simultaneously and satisfactorily, as intended in the

designs, specifications and drawings.

Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractors for

any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-

charge whose decision regarding the co-ordination, co-operation and

facilities to be provided by any of the contractors to others shall be final

and binding on all parties and such a decision or decisions shall not vitiate

any contract nor absolve the contractor of his responsibilities under the

contract nor form the grounds for any claim of compensation.

18.0 Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential :

All documents correspondence decisions and other matters concerning

the contract shall be considered as of confidential and restricted nature

by this contractor and be shall not divulge or allow access thereto any

unauthorised person.

19.0 Access to the Contractor’s Book :

Whenever it is considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge to

ascertain the actual cost of execution of any particulars item of work or

supply of plant of material he shall direct the contractor to produce the

relevant documents such as pay-rolls records of personnel, invoices of

materials and any and all other data and documents relevant to the item

or necessary to determine its cost etc. the contractor shall where so




required furnish information pertaining to the aforesaid items in the

mode and manner that may be specified.

20.0 Breach on part of Corporation Not to Annual Contract :

No breach or non-observance on the part of Corporation of any of the

conditions contained herein shall an all this contract or discharge the

contractor form the observance and performance thereof but on

application by the Engineer-in-charge an extension of time any be given

to the contractor in respect of such breach or non-observance by the

corporation, which shall be governed by Clause 6 to B – 1 form.

The Contractor shall not, however, be entitled to consideration or any

extension of time for any item of the work unless the contractor shall

have made an application in waiting to the Executive-in-charge within one

month of the cause needing such extension, but the Engineer-in-charge

may at his discretion, which shall be conclusive, while the condition

regarding this period of one month

21.0 Local Laws :

All local laws in force at the time of entering into the contract and those

enacted thereafter shall vibe binding on the Contractor and he shall abide

by the same.

All import and excise duties, sales tax, local panchayat tax and other taxes

shall be borne by the Contractor and they shall be deemed to have been

covered by his quoted tender rates, except that the contractor shall not

be liable to any land tax for the land handed over to him for the operation

in connection with this contract or for his colony or appurtenant works

constructed by him for the purpose of his contract.

The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provision of the Indian

Income Tax Act which may be applicable to him from time to time

The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provisions of the Indian

Income Tax Act, which may be applicable to him from time to time.




The contractor shall protect and indemnify Corporation against all claims

or liabilities arising from or based on the violation of such laws,

ordinances, regulations, and bylaws by him or his employee.

22.0 Personnel of the contractor:

The Contractor shall at all times, maintain on the work a staff of duly

qualified engineers and supervisors of sufficient experience of similar

other jobs, to assure that the quality of work turned out shall be as

intended in the specifications. The Contractor shall also maintain at the

work, a Works Manager of sufficient status, experience and office and

duly authorise him to deal with all aspects of the day to day work. All

communications to and commitments works Manager shall be absolutely

binding on the Contractor.

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-charge details of names,

qualifications and experience in regards to all supervisory staff employed

by the Contractor and notify changes when made, and satisfy the

Engineer-in-charge regarding the quality and sufficiency of staff thus

employed.

The Engineer-in-charge will have the unquestionable right to ask for

changes in the quality and number of contractor’s staff. The contractor

shall on the written directives of the Engineer-in-charge remove from the

works any person employed thereon, who may in the opinion of the

Engineer-in-charge be incompetent or has misconduct himself. Such

person shall not be employed again, on the work, without the written

permission of the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall have to submit

information regarding proof of payment of Professional Tax and the

clearance certificates in format vide Appendix ‘I’.

23.0 Death, Bankruptcy etc. :

If the contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy or being a

corporation commences winding up expect for reconstruction purposes




or carry on its business under a receiver, the executors, successors or

other representatives in law of the estate of the contractor or any such

receiver, liquidator or any person whom the contract may become

vested, shall forthwith give notice thereof in writing to the Corporation

and shall for one month, during which he shall take all reasonable steps

to prevent a stoppage of work, have the option of carrying out this

contract subject to his or their providing such guarantee as may be

required by the Corporation, but not exceeding value of the work for the

time being remaining unexcited. In the event of stoppage of work the

period of the option under this clause shall be fourteen days, only.

Should the above option be not exercised. The contract may be

terminated by corporation, by a notice in writing to contractor or his

successor. The power and provisions reserved to Corporation in this

contract of taking of the work out of the contractor’s hand shall

immediately become operative; Copy of such notice shall be pasted on

work site and advertised in newspaper.

24.0 Notices, How to be given :

Where any legal or other notice or any other document or any other

direction is to be given to or served upon the Contractor, it shall be

deemed to be duly given or served, if it shall have been either delivered

to him personally or to his recognized agent or works Manager (including

in the case of company, the Secretary of such Company) or delivered at or

sent through the post, addressed to the last known place of business, or

abode of the contractor, a notice or other documents which shall be so

given to or so served on any one of the partners in such firms, shall be

deemed to have been given or served on all of them.

Work Order Book:

The contractor shall maintain bound work order book at work site as the

Engineer-in-charge may direct. This work order book shall have machine




numbered pages in triplicate. The contractor shall make them available

to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative, whenever called for.

Executive Engineer or his representative may record order about works,

in this book leaving the original copy in the book and removing the

second and third copy with him. The contractor or his authorised

representative shall also sign this work order, in token of its acceptance.

All orders recorded in these work order book, shall be deemed to have

been served on the contractor. On completion of the work all the work

order books may be handed over to the executive Engineer.

In the event of refusal of the Contractor’s representative on the spot to

sign the work order book, Engineer-in-charge shall take the necessary

further steps in respect of further communication and control,

modification or stoppage of work as deemed fit at the entire

responsibility of the contractor.

25.0 Passing of Foundation etc. :

After the completion of the work of excavation, the same will be checked

and passed by the Executive Engineer. No masonry or concrete or back

filling shall be laid unless the foundation is so passed. No concreting shall

commence unless the centering and the reinforcement is checked and

passed by the Engineer-in-charge.

26.0 Reference to Standard Specifications:

The specifications of the work as enclosed with this contract document

are drawn with a specific reference to site conditions and do not every

where include the details of the standard tests and procedures, which are

already laid down and available in the current Indian Standard

Specifications. Where ever such details are not specified in this contract.

The provision under current Indian Standard Specifications and / or the

Standard Specifications (1970) of the Government of Maharashtra shall

be deemed to be applicable.




27.0 Communications and Notices by Contractors:

All communications and / or notices pertaining to works and concerning

matters, such as passing and approving of foundation, reinforcement and

form work, measurements, mark outs, etc. shall not be addressed by the

Contractor to an Officer below the rank Sub-Divisional Officer. All such

notices communications, should be addressed in good time so as not to

hold up the work.

28.0 Non-compliance of Contract Conditions:

If the contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the works, with due

diligence or he violates any of the provisions of the contract, the

Engineer-in-charge may given notice to the contractor, identifying

deficiencies in performance and demanding corrective action. The

Engineer-in-charge, shall also clearly state in the notice the nature of

action that shall be taken, if contractor fails to fulfill by necessary

corrective action.

Depending on nature of default the Engineer-in-charge at his desecration,

shall have two options, regarding action to be taken in case of default by

contractor. He shall withhold nay of the payments due to the contractor

or shall terminate the contractor in whole or in part. But Engineer-in-

charge shall, clearly mentioned in his notice, the action that shall be taken

if the contractor fails to take the corrective action. The period of 14 days

shall be given to the contractor to take such corrective action after the

issue of such notice.

No claims, for compensation of any sort, from contractor will be

entertained for withholding the bills indefinitely till specified

requirements are complied with by the contractor.

After the issue of the notice about default by the contractor, the

contractor shall not remove, from the site any plant, equipment and

materials. The Corporation shall have a lien on all such plants,




equipments and materials from the date of such notice, till deficiencies

have been corrected.

29.0 Compensation for delay in completion of work on Corporation account:

(This clause is applicable only if the estimated cost put to tender is more

than Rs. 100 lakhs.)

Compensation by way of reliefs on account of delay in completion of

work due to (1) Shortage, (2) land acquisition etc. will be decided and

given as described below. In case of total stoppage of work,

compensation for idle labour and contractors overhead charges for the

persons question, for which detailed record should be maintained by

project officer may, be granted to the contractor either careful scrutiny of

the claims and obligating Corporation approval Formulas form containing

the record of labour should be got approved by the contractor from the

Engineer-in-charge well in advance.

The appropriate affected period for considering grant of relief shall be

decided by the Chief Engineer (Electrical) Hydro Electric Project, Water

Resources Department, Mumbai. However no relief will be admissible for

the stoppage for a period less than two months.

The decision regarding grant of relief in such cases shall be taken by Chief

Engineer (Electrical) Hydro Electric Project, Water Resources Department,

Mumbai and it will be final and binding on contractor.

30.0 Co-ordination with other contractors:

The contractor should note that there will be other agencies including

Corporation working in the same area for works other than the included

in this contract. The contractor shall co-operate with these agencies to

the fullest extent and shall allow them reasonable facility and co

ordination for execution of work, simultaneously and satisfactorily as

intended in the contract conditions, specifications and drawings.




Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractor and

other agencies for any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to

the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding Co-ordination and

facilities to be provided by all contractor to others shall be final and

binding on all parties and such decision shall not vitiate any contract or

absolve the contractor of this responsibility under the contract, and shall

not form ground for any claim or compensation.

31.0 Photographs of the Works:

The contractor will not be allowed to take photographs showing field

work or the general location of the work. The Engineer, may however, at

his discretion, allow a few construct5ion photographs to be taken for the

purpose of the contractor’s record. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-

charge should be obtained in such cases and also in case such

photographs are to be exhibited in public literature and calendars, etc. in

all such cases negatives of the photos shall be submitted to the Engineer,

after taking approval number of copies and the negative will become the

absolute property of the Corporation.

32.0 Fencing, lighting and Ventilation:

a) The contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing,

guarding and necessary health and safety measures while executing all

works under this contract and for proper provision of temporary

roadways, guards, footways, fences, caution notices, etc. as far as the

same may be rendered necessary by reasons of the work, for the

accommodation of the workmen, foot passengers or other traffic and of

owners and occupiers of adjacent property and of the public and at all

remain responsible for any accidents that may occur on account of his

failure to take proper and timely precaution.

b) Maintenance of Services:




After all the work under this contract is completed and accepted as such,

in case the Engineer-in-charge so directs, the contractor shall maintain

the lighting, Ventilation, communication facilities etc. upto a date

determined by the Engineer-in-charge, but not longer than for a period of

twelve months. All reasonable charges for such maintenance otherwise

not required by the Contractor for his purposes under the contract will be

borne by Corporation. As regards the reasonableness of such charges,

the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the

Contractor.

33.0 Liability for accidents to Persons:

It shall be contractor’s responsibility to protect against accidents on the

work site. He shall indemnify the Corporation against any claims for

damage to the property, injury to workers or any other persons, deaths

etc. On the occurrence of an accident resulting in death or which is so

serious as to be likely to result, in death the contractor shall within 24

hours report in writing to the Engineer-in-charge, the facts stating clearly

about the circumstances in which accident has occurred and the

subsequent action taken. Other minor accidents causing minor injuries

and loss of property should be communicated in writing, promptly to the

Engineer-in-charge. In all cases the contractor shall indemnify the

Corporation against all losses or damage resulting directly or indirectly

from the contractor’s failure to report in the manner aforesaid. This

includes penalties or fines if any, payable by the Government as a

consequence of failure to give notice under the Workmen’s

Compensation Act or failure to conform to the provisions of the said Act

in regard to such accidents.

In the event of accident in respect of which compensation may become

payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act VIII, of 1923 including

all subsequent modifications thereof, Engineer-in-charge may retain the

sums of money as may in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge be sufficient




ot meet such liability out of the amounts payable to the contractor.

These sums shall be recovered from the immediate payment due to the

contractor in one installment or in more than one installment. The

decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding this shall be final and binding

on the contractor. On receipt of award from the Labour Commissioner

the balance amount shall be reimbursed to or recovered from the

contractor.

It should be noted that though the Corporation is a Principal employer

the complete responsibility of compensation shall be on the contractor.

34.0 The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of the

means employed:

The contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire

responsibility of the sufficiency of the scaffolding, timbering, tools,

implements and generally of all the means irrespective of whether such

means may or may not have been approved of or recommended by the

Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor must accept all risks of accidents

or damages from whatever cause they may arise, until the completion of

this contract.

35.0 Covering of work:

The contractor shall give not less than seven days notice in writing to the

Engineer-in-charge of the work which is proposed to be covered up or

placed beyond the reach of measurements so that the measurements

may be taken before the work is covered up or placed beyond the reach

of measurements. No work shall be covered up or placed beyond the

reach of measurements before ensuring that the measurements of work

to be covered up are recorded. Any work covered up or placed beyond

the reach of measurements without such notice having been given or

consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the Contractor’s

expenses and in default there of no payment or allowance shall be made

for such work or for materials with which the same was executed.




36.0 Quantities of work:

The quantities of work under the various items in the Schedule “B” Part –

I Schedule of Quantities and Bid Rates as estimated by the corporation’s

have been provided as could be reasonably anticipated and should be

taken as indicative only. The amount of work will depend upon the actual

conditions that will be encountered in the construction and the results of

detailed designs which will continue to be refined as more field date and

information comes to hand. If the work is stated by the Corporation, the

quantities put to tender shall be reduced to the extent the work is done

by the Corporation up to the date of starting the work by the contractor.

No claims due to reduction in quantity on his account will be entertained.

37.0 Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades:

Setting Out:

a) The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting

put of the work and for the correctness of the position, levels, and

dimension alignment of all parts of the work and for the

provisions of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in

connection with this.

b) For the purpose of setting out, one permanent bench mark shall

be established the contractor near the value of which shall be

given to the contractor, by the Engineer-in-charge on demand by

the contractor. Similarly the reference line in the form of centre

line of junction wall and of some other components, if found by

the Engineer-in-charge for complete setting out the structure shall

be given. All the setting out shall be with reference to this bench

mark and reference line.

c) If at time during the progress of works the error shall appear or

arise in the possible, level, dimensional alignment of any part of

the work, the contractor shall rectify such error to the satisfaction




of Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost towards the

Corporation.

d) The periodical checking of these by Corporation staff shall not

absolve the contractor of his responsibility regarding accuracy. In

case of deviation, the contractor shall make good to the

discrepancy at his own cost and without any compensation for the

additional work involved. Wherever such discrepancies, if any, are

found to arise between the works of different contractors at the

junction of their works, the relative liability to set right their

respective discrepancies shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge,

whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractors

concerned. The Engineer-in-charge shall further have the

unquestioned right to rectify the discrepancies and recover the

costs from the contractor or contractors according to proportions

as he may consider reasonable.

e) It is the responsibility of contractor to preserve the benchmark

and the reference points established for setting out.

38.0 Excavated Material

All the materials available from excavation will be the property of

Corporation and shall be disposed off only as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge. The materials of approved quality available from the excavation

including that carried out by the Corporation may be used by the

contractor in the items of works included in Schedule ‘B’ or for ancillary

or preparatory work, free of cost Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge for

such use shall, however, be taken. The contractor shall make proper

arrangements for sorting out and stacking material of approved quality

that he proposes to use as aforesaid. Corporation will be free to make

use other materials not required or not likely to be required for use by

the contractor as will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge.




The excavated material not to be used by the contractor as above or

stacked for his use, but remaining unused at site after completion of

works, shall be disposed off by the contractor at his own cost in manner

and at place shown in the drawings or as and where the Engineer-in-

charge may direct.

The contractor should utilise material available from excavated stuff for

back filling.

39.0 Safety Measures:

The contractor shall arrange for the safety in his operations as required

including the provisions in the safety manual published by the Central

Water and Power Commission, New Delhi (Jan. 1962 Ed.) In case the

contractor fails to make such arrangements the Engineer-in-charge shall

be entitled to cause them to be provided and to recover the cost there of

form the contractor. The following are some of the measures listed, but

the same are not exhaustive and the contractor shall all to and suggest

these precautions on his own where necessary and should comply with

the directions issued by the Engineer-in-charge in this behalf from time to

time and at all times.

Providing protective head guard to workers in the works like deep

excavation to protect them against fall of overburden materials.

Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble

due to too much breathing in fine dust.

Taking such normal precaution like fencing and lighting to excavations or

trenches, not allowing, nails or metal parts or useless timber spread

around, marking danger area for blasting whistles etc.

Providing sufficient suitable and safe accesses to all work spots including

ladders, gangways, platforms, etc. avoiding naked wires, etc. such would

electrocute the workers.




Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the

use of machinery before they are allowed to handle them independently

and taking all necessary precautions in and around areas where machines

hoists and similar units are working.

40.0 Sundays and holidays:

No work shall be done on weekly local holidays or on other Government

holidays, due gazetted or on holidays observed by local usage without the

prior sanction of the Engineer-in-charge. Withholding of such sanction

shall not from any grounds for compensation or extension of time limit.

If on the other hand the Engineer-in-charge directs that the work shall be

proceeded with on days and during hours otherwise not permissible

under this contract, the Contractor shall proceed with the works as

directed, without in any way violating this contract or forming any

grounds for compensation or claim.

The Contractor shall, in his dealing with labour at all times during the

period of this contract have due regard to local festivals, religious and

other customs.

41.0 Handing over of work:

All the work and materials, before finally taken over by Corporation will

be the entire liability of the contractor for guarding, maintaining and

making good any damages of any magnitude, interim payments made for

such work will not after this position. The handing over by the contractor

and taking over by the Executive Engineer or his authorised

representative will be always in writing of which copies will go to the

Executive Engineer or his authorised representative and the contractor5.

It is however, understood that before taking over such work Corporation

will not put it into regular use as district from casual or incidental one

except as specifically mentioned elsewhere or as mutually agreed to.

42.0 Instrumentation:

In case, it is proposed to have any instrumentation, in work the

instruments and their accessories will be procured and installed by the




Corporation as per programme framed by the Engineer-in-charge. Care

should be taken by the Contractor to protect these instruments as well as

their connections during various construction operations. The contractor

shall also extend all facilities for installation and observation of these

instruments. All the operations required for facilitating the installation of

the instruments shall stand included in the relevant items of tender. No

claim however shall be entertained due to any delay or obstruction that

might be created due to installation or observation.

43.0 Inspection of Works:

The Engineer or his duly authorised representative shall have at all times

full power to inspect the work, whenever in progress either on the site, in

the contractor’s premises or the work site. Further, contractor shall not

without written authorisation permit entry on site of work of any person

expect authorised representative of the Corporation or the Engineer or

the contractor’s staff and labour directly engaged on and in connection

with the work.

The contractor shall at his cost provide all necessary facilities for proper

inspection and supervision of the work gangways, platforms, scaffolding

and ladders, etc. of suitable dimensions and sufficiently strong at

appropriate locations and all accesses to passages etc. shall be well

lighted and maintained in good order. The Engineer’s decision about the

sufficiency and adequacy thereof shall be final.

The contractor shall during working hours, maintain supervisor of

sufficient training and experience to supervise various items and

operations of the work and the said supervisors shall remain present

during inspections of the Engineer. All orders and directions given to such

supervisors or other staff of the contractor shall be deemed to have been

given to the contractor, to be present on any specified inspection and the

contractor shall comply with such directions.

44.0 Opening out works:

Should the Engineer consider, if necessary, in order to satisfy himself as to

the quality of work the contractor shall at any time during the




continuance of the contract pull down or cut into any part of the work,

and make such openings into and to such an extent through the same as

the Engineer may direct and the contractor shall make good the same at

his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

45.0 Removal of imperfect work:

If it shall appear, that the work has been executed with unsound,

imperfect or of an inferior quality or otherwise not in accordance with the

contract documents, the contractor shall at his own cost rectify, reform,

remove or reconstruct the same, wherein whole or in part as may be,

directed by the Engineer, whether or not, the value of any such work of

material shall have been included in any payment made to the contractor.

The decision of the Engineer may, if he thinks fit, allow such work to be

paid at reduced rates and his decision will be final and binding, provided

further that the rates fixed by the Engineer, be not acceptable to the

contractor, he shall have the option to replace the defective work or

materials with ones in accordance with the specified standards.

46.0 Jurisdiction of court for disputes:

Disputes, if any, arising out of this contract shall be subject to the

jurisdiction of the High Court of Mumbai.

47.0 Mode of payment in running bill and final bill:

The tendered rates will be treated as inclusive of all taxes, duties, excise

etc. The phase wise payments will be released as under, after deducting

all taxes and security deposit as mentioned in the tender document.

Schedule ‘ B’.

1. 75% of the tendered cost for that item in Schedule ‘B’ is payable.

When material is received at site.

2. 10% of the cost will be paid on completing the erection of the

equipment.

3. 12.5% of the cost will be paid after successful completion of testing

and commissioning at site.




4. 2.5% of the cost will be paid after 12 Months giving satisfactory

performance and after the necessary satisfactory performance

certificate issued by Engineer-in-charge at site.

48.0 Bills and payments:

1) One running payments in a month is permitted. First bill shall be

submitted by the contractor by 10th

day of the month, Payment of

this bill shall be effected as stated in clause 10 to B-1 form. Non-

submission of the bills on the schedule dates will absolve the

corporation of the liability to make payment.

2) The format of running bill on which the bills are be submitted by

the contractor will be supplied to the contractor by the

Corporation. Printed copies of the bill forms as per this format

shall be arranged by the contract at his cost. The bills in five copies

shall be submitted to the concerned Deputy Engineer, in the

standard proforma only.

3) The final bill shall be submitted within one month of the date

issues of completion certificate.

49.0 Security Deposit:

The security deposit accumulated from deductions from the running

account bills may from time and at any time on application by and at the

cost of the Contractor be covered into interest bearing Corporation

securities approved by and in the name of the Corporation. Should the

market value of the securities fall for any reasons whatsoever below that

specified, the contractor shall make good the same in cash or as may

otherwise acceptable wherever called upon to do so or to replace the

security by other acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall bear all charges for commission and brokerage

incidents the purchases, safe custody withdrawal and collection of

interest on these securities.




50.0 No interest on money due to the contractor:

No omission by the Engineer to pay the amount due upon measurements

of otherwise shall vitiate or make void the contract nor shall the

contractor be entitled to interest on any guarantee bond or payment

neither in arrears nor on any balance which may on the final settlement

of his account be found due to him.

51.0 Value Added Tax:

“The tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates and cess and are also

inclusive of the leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in

goods involved in the execution of a work contract under the provision of

Rule 58 of Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act 2005, for the purpose of

levy of Tax.”

52.0 Extra Items:

Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The contractor shall be

bound to execute extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge. The rates for extra items will be governed by the provisions of

clause 14 , 30 & 38 of conditions of contract.

53.0 i) LABOUR WELFARE CESS

As per Govt. of Maharashtra Industries & Power G.R.No. BCA-

2009/CR-108/Labour 7-A Dated 17/06/2010, 1% cess on labour

welfare shall be deducted from each R. A. bill as prescribed in the

above said G. R.

ii) LABOUR AMENITY :-

As per Govt. Circular No. DSR -1090/CR-6453/PLN-3 dated

14/07/1993, 1% for labour amenity is considered in DSR item

while arriving rates and for non DSR item it is included in

sanctioned rate which is included in schedule B. 1% labour

amenity shall be deducted for each R. A. bill.




54.0 Price Variation:-

i) Price variation clause shall be applicable for the Electrical

equipments for Transformers, circuit breaker only. Amount to

words PVC shall be calculate on the basis formulated by “IEEMA

INDIA,”

ii) The price variation shall not be payable for excess quantities

payable under provision of clause 38 of B-1 from.

iii) No price variation will be paid on the items for which IEEMA has

not formulated / developed.

55.0 Insurance:

i) The contractor, shall unless otherwise specified by the Engineer,

insure the plan and shall keep it insured against destruction of

damage by fire, earthquake, flood, storm under exposure to

weather or through riot, Civil, commotion, war or rebellion, theft,

etc. for the full value of the plant and materials until the plant is

taken over.

ii) The insurance for the equipment shall be effected by the

contractor with Government insurance Fund on behalf of the

corporation covering the risks towards handing transit, storage at

site, re-transporting up to place of erection, testing and

commissioning of the equipment at site and also for further

period of 90 days, for replacement value of the plant and material.

The address of Government Insurance fund is as below.

iii) Director of Insurance, Maharashtra housing and Area

Development Authority (MHADA) Building I. Kalanagar, Bandra

East, Bombay.

iv) The tenderer shall note that insurance effected through and other

company will not be accepted.

v) The Contractor shall take the policy in the name of the consignee

of the corporation. The Insurance policy then will be assigned to

the contractor for further operation. The Insurance shall be full




and shall cover and loss or damage in accordance with what is said

above. The claims arising out of composite insurance policy shall

be dealt with or handled by the contractor at his own cost after

receipt of preliminary damage / loss intimation given by the

corporation or damage / loss noticed by the contractor himself.

vi) The Insurance of plan up to a period of 90 days beyond period of 1

months for completion of work as per clause and satisfactory

performance and guarantee test shall be on the account of

contractor.

vii) Third party Insurance: In addition to above the contractor shall

indemnity the corporation against the loss or damages to the

property of the third party and or injuries to the third person which

may arises out of or in consequences of transport, storage and

erection, testing and commissioning of the goods / equipment.

viii) Insurance payment will be reimbursed at actual after the necessary

payment receipt shall be obtained from Director of Insurance

(MHADA) Mumbai in case of non DSR items in the tender. And said

insurance amount shall be paid to the contractor as per provision of

documentary proof of evidences.

ix) The rates in the schedule B in case of DSR Items are inclusive of all

taxes, cesses, Insurance, overhead & transportation. So as per

Government Resolution No. Ê´É¨ÉÉºÉ1098/|ÉGò ú28/98/¶ÉÉºÉxÉ ½þ¨ÉÒ /

Ê´ÉkÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ, ¨ÉÖÆ¤É<Ç ÊnùxÉÉÆEò 19 +ÉìMÉº]õ 1998, If insurance

document is not submitted by Agency the Amount worth to 1% of

Tender Amount to be recovered from the 1st R.A. Bill.

56.0 APPROVAL FROM ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR

The tenderer is required to get approved the various drawings for the

transmission line/Switchyard from the concerned Electrical Inspector

within 15 days from the notification award.




Subsequently, on completion of work the entire installation shall be get

approved by the tenderer from the concerned Electrical Inspector for

commissioning of the lines and installations.

Any charges/official fees etc. required for approval of installation by

Electrical Inspector shall be borne by the tenderer. Re-imbursement will

be paid at actual against proof of document through bills by the

corporation.

The contractor shall get charging permission from Electrical inspector

before putting in to operation of the plant.

57.0 PTCC / RAILWAY APPROVAL: (Not Applicable)

The tenderer is required to get approved the various drawings , showing

line profile, proposal of PTCC / railway crossing / Road crossing etc. from

competent authority at his own cost. Engineer-in-charge will pursue the

proposal to concerns authorities which will be get approved by tenderer

before charging the line. The cost of protection work suggested by PTCC /

railway crossing / Road crossing authorities will be reimbursed to the

contractor at actual through the bills against proof of document.

58.0 MSEDCL/ MSETCL APPROVAL:

The tenderer is required to get approved the various drawings , plans,

profile, proposal of Outgoing Bay at MSETCL Sub-station etc. from

competent authority at his own cost. Engineer-in-charge will persue the

proposal to concerns authorities which will be get approved by tenderer

before charging the Bay/ line.

59.0 Test, Inspection and rejection of defective materials and works:

The Engineer shall have access at all times to the places where

components are being manufactured for use under the contract to

determine that manufactures is proceeding in accordance with drawings

and specification and the Engineer shall also have access at all times to

the places of storage.

Further, contractor shall not without written authorisation, permit entry

on site of work of any person except authroised representative of the




Corporation or the Engineer or the contractor’s staff and directly engaged

on and in connection with the work.

The tests and inspections of items specified at contractors, manufactures,

works or sub-works shall be witnessed by two representative of the

Engineer. The contractor will provide the cost of travel, lodging and

boarding of the inspectors. The travel shall be arranged generally by Air,

1st class Railway or Car. The Corporation reserves the right to appoint

and deploy the services of the outside agency, in association with the

corporation for said purposes; however changes for the services with the

outside agency will be borne by the Corporation. The acceptance of the

test shall be entirely with the Engineer or his authorised representative.

The test and inspection of the item to be carried out.

All the equipment’s covered under specification.

A) The test report of manufactures certifying that the equipment is

manufactured as per specifications of the tender shall be

furnished by the contractor.

B) Contractor cannot be relieved from the responsibility even if the

drawing and quality are approved by the Engineer-in-charge for

the purposes of guarantee and quality of equipment.

59.1 Inspection and Tests at Manufactures works and waive of Inspection:

The contractor shall arrange Inspection of the electrical equipments like

conductor, fabrication, G.I. wire, stay wire, pin insulator, Disc insulators

and RSJ poles at supplies please by authority, if required.

The waival of inspection can be considered if contractor produces recent

latest certificates for similar type of equipment as approved by authority.

60.0 Plans, Drawings and Other Data and Statutory Approval from Electrical

Inspector.

The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer

for approval within the time stipulated against each item below.




a) Drawings or prints in triplicate showing the location of major

plants and other facilities which he proposes to put up at the site,

including any changes in the general laying. Drawings shall be

submitted at least 15 days prior to the work commencement.

b) The contractor shall furnish complete engineering data of each set

of equipment such as name of manufacture, the type and model

of each principal item of equipment proposed to be furnished and

erected at started in the annexure Standard catalogues pages and

other documents of the tenderer, may be used in the tender to

provide additional information and date as deemed necessary by

the Indenter. The review of this date by the Engineer will covers

only general confirmation of the data to the specifications and

documents interfaces with the dimensions which might affect

plant layout. This review by the Engineer may not indicate a

thorough review of all dimensions quantities and details of the

equipment, materials any devices or items indicated or the

accuracy of the information submitted. This review and / or

approved by the Engineer shall not be contracted by the

contractor as limiting any of his responsibilities and requirement

specified under these specifications and documents. The above

data shall be submitted within 15 days of the date of issue of work

order.

c) The approval to the plans and the drawings, designs and other

data submitted by the contractor for approval will be given within

15 days.

d) Two sets of reproducible drawings (tracings) as required by the

Engineer shall be furnished by the contractor.

Each drawing submitted by the contractor shall be clearly marked with

the name of the Engineer and the name of the project if standard

catalogue pages are submitted the applicable items shall be indicated

therein. All titles nothings, markings and writings on the drawings shall

be in English. All dimensions should be in Metric units.




All manufacturing and fabrication work in connection with the equipment

prior to the approval of the drawings shall be at the contractor’s risk. The

contractor may make any changes in the design which are necessary to

make the equipment conform to the provision and indent of the contract

and such changes will again be subjected to the approved by the

Engineer. Approval of contractors drawings or work by the Engineer shall

not relieve the contractor of any of the responsibilities and liabilities

under the contract.

61.0 Additional conditions regarding payment of royalty charges as per

Bombay Minor Mineral Extraction (Amendment) Rules, 2003. (Not

applicable)

1. The royalty charges are to be paid by the Contractor to the

Revenue authorities. This is the prime responsibility of Contractor

as per Tender Clause No. 36 of this Tender Document.

2. Percentage as stated in para 7 B of Annex –A of the Detailed

Tender Notice shall be withheld by MKVDC for the purpose of

payment towards royalty charges. This amount shall be released

to the contractor subject to the following conditions.

a) Contractor shall submit proof of the payment of the royalty

charges to the concerned Revenue Authorities acceptable to the

Engineer-in-charge.

b) The total amount that can be released shall be limited to the

actual payment made as mentioned in the condition (a).

c) If the actual royalty charges are less than the amount withheld,

remaining amount shall be retained by the MKVDC.

d) If the actual royalty charges are more than the amount withheld,

the contractor shall pay the excess amount to the concerned

Revenue Authority without any burden on the MKVDC.

e) The contractor shall indemnify MKVDC towards payment of the

royalty charges.




62.0 Warranty:-

This warranty shall remain valid for 12 months from date of putting in to

commercial use.

63.0 Defect Liability:-

Within a period of 12 Months after completion & commissioning of work

if any repair due to the defect in construction & equipment the same will

be rectified by the contractor at his own cost. The security deposit

amount is only payable after completion of this period.

Contractors have to provide the arrangement for running and

maintenance of the work completed and commissioned in this tender

during defect liability period. The arrangement includes men, machinery,

skilled / unskilled labour, parts, equipments required for running &

maintenance of the work.

64. COMPUTER & EQUIPMENT FACILITY:

A) COMPUTER FACILITY: (NOT APPLICABLE)

The Contractor shall be required to following computer

Peripherals provide for office of the Executive Engineer, Mhaisal

Electrical & Mechanical Division, Sangli as ordered by Executive

Engineer-in-charge within 1 (One) Month from date or order.

Financial provision of such furniture shall deemed to be included

in the offer & no separate payment for this shall be considered.

1 Digital Copier with Printer (Size A-3)

Minimum Copying Speed (cpm) :20/20, Paper Size

(Original/Image) : A3/A3, Ram(MB)-16,Bye

pass:50Sheet, Zoom:50To200%, Category:SIMPLEX,

Networking feature: YES ,Canon make.

1 No.

2 Network A4 laser printer Canon make 1 No.

B) VEHICLE FACILITY: (NOT APPLICABLE)

The Contractor shall provide bolero Jeep inspection vehicle as

ordered by Engineer-in-charge within 1 (One) Month from date or

order.. The inspection vehicle mainly used for arranging the visits




of AIBP & MKVDC officials for inspection work till completion of

work & finally shall be retained by the MKVDC. Financial provision

of such vehicles & machine agreement shall deemed to be

included in the offer and no separate payment for this shall be

considered. The vehicle should be registered with RTO in the

name of Executive Engineer Mhaisal Electrical & Mechanical

Division, Sangli & other necessary taxes & insurance etc. should be

paid by the contractor.

C) FURNITURE FACILITY:

The contractor shall provide following types of Office furniture for

Divisional office at Sangli as ordered by Engineer-in-charge within

1 (One) Month from date of order. Financial provision of such

furniture shall deemed to be included in the offer & no separate

payment for this shall be considered.

Sr. No. Description Qty.

1. Godrej – T 9 Table 7 Nos.

2. Godrej – Bravo mid back chair 7 Nos.

65.0 CIVIL WORKS IN SWITCHAYRD AREA:

The construction work pertaining to civil wing like excavation. leveling,

construction of cable trenches ( main & sub trenches), foundations

required for installation of electrical switchyard equipments, construction

of plinth required for transformers, metal spreading in switchyard area &

fencing around the switchyard areas etc. shall be scope of Civil

authorities.

For this, contractor shall submit the complete design in respect of above

work along with drawings for according approval from Electrical wing to

the Executive Engineer-in-charge.




66.0 Power supply:

The Tenderer shall note that no power supply is available at the work site.

Hence the tenderer shall make his own arrangements of power for

welding, drilling etc.

67.0 Storage, watch and ward:

Sufficient storage of steel and other materials shall be arranged by

tenderer. Watch and ward of the same up to completion of the work shall

be arranged by the tenderer at his cost. No responsibility of any material

of the tenderer will be taken by the department.

68.0 EVALUATION OF TENDER:

Evaluation & comparison of the offers shall be carried out on the cost for

work quoted in the Envelope No.2 Load losses & No load losses will be

considered for Evaluation purpose for transformers.

No change in the price after the opening of the Envelope No. 2 will be

allowed.

The difference in guaranteed performance value as detailed below will be

taken in to account for equalizing the bid price of the power transformer.

Weightage will be given to the Tenderer who will pay Sales Tax / Turnover

Tax to Government of Maharashtra according to the payment declared

vide clause 59 of special condition of contract.

69.0 EVAULATION OF THE BIDS ON ACCOUNT OF TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE

DATA AND GURANTEES OF EQUIPMENT OFFERED AND APPLYING

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

A) RATES FOR EVALUATION OF LOAD AND NO LOAD LOSSES:-

The bidder has to quote the guaranteed values for the losses in the data

sheet as below.

1. Guaranteed maximum iron loss in KW at 750 C of average winding

temperature at rated voltage.




2. Guaranteed maximum load loss ( Copper loss + Stray loss ) in KW at

average winding temperature of 750 C.

3. Guaranteed maximum auxiliary loss in KW because of consumption by

cooling fans / Air blowers etc. at average winding temperature 750 C

(Loss at 3 are not applicable to ONAN rating)

The quoted guaranteed values shall be corrected by increasing the

same to take into account permissible tolerance limit as per IS -2026.

These corrected values of the losses will then be compared with

reference to the lowest corrected value of these losses. For the

purpose of evaluation of the bid, the total price of the bid shall be

increased at the following rates for excess losses arrived over and

above the reference lowest corrected value of the losses mentioned

earlier.

I) For no load losses : Rs. 295689/- Per excess KW loss.

II) For load losses : Rs. 171500/- per excess KW loss.

III) Auxiliary losses : Rs. 295689/- per excess KW loss.

B) RATES FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

For the purposes of ascertaining whether the guarantees are fulfilled or

otherwise each transformer shall be tested at factory before dispatch and

the above mentioned losses shall be measured. The measured losses

shall then be compared with the quoted guaranteed losses and provision

regarding liquidated damages / penalty for failure to meet the guarantees

etc. shall be double the rate taken for evaluation as stipulated below.

I) For no load losses : Rs. 591378/- Per excess KW loss.

II) For load losses : Rs. 343000/- per excess KW loss.

I. Auxiliary losses : Rs. 591378/- per excess KW loss.

II. The penalty will be limited to 10% of contract price of trans. If the

penalty exceeds 10% of the contract price the trans. will be

rejected.




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION –––– IXIXIXIX

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS




TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 1600 KVA, 33/6.6 KV TRANSFORMER

1.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

Design, manufacture ,test before dispatch, Supply, transport upto site,

loading & unloading of equipments / material, insurance till taking over

by MKVDC, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 33 KV sub-station

equipments, 33/6.6 KV,1600 KVA - Power transformer & 33/0.433 KV 63

KVA -Auxiliary transformer, XLPE Power cable, And Switchyard Lighting

,Earth-mat ,water supply arrangement to earth-pits , fire fighting

equipments etc for 33/6.6 KV substation at Balancing Reservoir for

Extended Gavan Phase -2 Lift Irrigation Scheme

The scope of work under Electrical Work to cater 33 KV power supply to

pump motor by installing 33/6.6 KV outdoor Switchyard near pump

house. The work consists of

DETAILS OF WORK

A) Design, Manufacture, Supply, Transport, Loading, Unloading,

Erection, Testing, Commissioning of 33/6.6 KV Switchyard

Equipments, viz. Circuit Breaker, Isolators, Lightening Arrestor,

C.T., P.T, Metering Equipment, Bus bar arrangement, 33/6.6 KV

1.6MVA Power Transformer, 33/0.415 KV, 63 KVA Auxiliary

Transformers etc. complete

B) Providing & erecting of 6.6 KV (E), XLPE Power Cable up to H.T.

panel of Incomer & and power & control cables from

equipments in switchyard to control panels in control room.

C) Lighting system for sub-station.

D) Earthing – Earth-mat for substation

E) Water supply arrangement to Earthing pits in substation

F) Installation of fire fighting for substation etc.




1.1.1 SUPPLY OF TRANSFORMER

33/ 6.6 KV, with OLTC 1600 KVA - 1 No.

33/0415 KV,ONAN, OFTC, 63 KVA - 1 No.

1.1.2 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

The following fittings and accessories shall be provided:

1.1.2.1 Conservator tank with oil indicator, oil filling and dram plug

1.1.2.2 Air release plug

1.1.2.3 Temperature meter pocket

1.1.2.4 Breather with silica gel

1.1.2.5 Earthing Terminal

1.1.2.6 With first filling of oil

1.1.2.7 Lifting lug

1.1.2.8 Top and bottom valve

1.1.2.9 Explosion vent

1.1.2.10 Unidirectional wheel

1.1.2.11 H.V. side – Out Door

1.2.0 REJECTION

The PURCHASER may reject any transformer if during tests or service any

of the following conditions arise :

1.2.1 Overall efficiency is below 98 %




1.2.2 No load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 10% or more.

1.2.3 Load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 10% or more.

1.2.4 Impedance value exceeds the guaranteed value by +10% or more.

1.2.5 The difference in impedance values of any two phases during single phase

short circuit impedance test exceeds 2% of the average value guaranteed

by the contractor.

1.2.6 Oil or winding temperature rise exceeds the specified value by 5°C.

1.2.7 Transformer fails on Impulse test.

1.3.0 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

1.3.1 SITE INFORMATION

The transformer shall be designed for operation at following site conditions.

1. Maximum ambient temperature 450 c

2. Minimum ambient temperature 150

c

3. Maximum yearly average temperature 270 c

4. Relative humidity 50 %

5. Maximum annual rainfall 800 mm

6. Maximum wind pressure 117 k/h

7. Altitude above mean sea level 700 MTR




1.4.0 A) DETAILED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 1600 KVA, 33/6.6KV

TRANSFORMER.

The details regarding the type and rating with other data are given below :

Sr.

No.

Item Value

1. Rated Capacity (MVA) 1600 KVA

2. Type 3 ph, outdoor core type

3. Rated voltage 33/6.6 KV

4. Frequency 50 HZ ±3%

5. Dry type or oil immersed type Oil immersed type with

mineral oil

6. Installation Outdoor

7. Type of cooling ONAN

8. Rated Voltage

H.V. Winding

L.V. Winding

33 KV

6.6 KV

9. Type of tap changer On load tap changer on H.V.

side +10% to -10% in 17 equal

steps

10. Highest voltage of equipment

H.V. side (RMS)

L.V. side (RMS)

33 KV

7.5 KV

11. Vector group YY-O

12. Method of earthing (H.V. side) Neutral effectively earthed




Sr.

No.

Item Value

13. Method of earthing (L.V. side) Neutral effectively earthed

14. Type of H.V. terminal H.V. Bushing porcelain

bushing with plain shades as

per IS:3347

15. Type of L.V. terminal Suitable for connection to

XLPE cables

16. Insulation levels of bushing and winding

H.V.

L.V.

170 KV

75 KV (rms)

17. Rated short duration power frequency with

stand voltage (rms)

H.V. side

L.V. side

70 KV

28 KV

18. Creepage distance of bushing 25mm per KV for highest

voltage system

19. Type of mounting On wheel on rail

20. Percentage impedance 6.25 %

21. Over voltage operation capacity duration 125% of rated voltage for 60

sec and 140% rated voltage

for 5 sec

22. Maximum flux density in Tesla 1.9 Tesla




Sr.

No.

Item Value

23. Winding insulation type

H.V.

L.V.

Full

Full

24. System short circuit level and duration for

which transformers shall be capable to

withstand the thermal and synamic stresses

(KA rms/sec)

40 Ka/2 sec

25. Current density for H.V. and L.V. Not exceeding 3 Amp/sq.mm.

26. Noise level and rated voltage and frequency As per latest NEMA standard

27. Permissible temperature rise of oil (Top) 50o C

28. Permissible temperature rise of winding 55o C

29. Minimum clearance in air in mm H.V. side

a) Phase to phase

b) Phase to earth

L.V. side

a) Phase to phase

b) Phase to earth

800

480

600

430

30. The transformer shall be identical and suitable for parallel operation without

affecting adversely the guaranteed performance.

1.4.0 B) DETAILED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 63 KVA, 33/0.415KV

TRANSFORMER.

The details regarding the type and rating with other data are given below :

Sr.

No.

Item Value

1. Rated Capacity (MVA) 63 KVA




Sr.

No.

Item Value

2. Type 3 ph, outdoor core type

3. Rated voltage 33/0.415 KV

4. Frequency 50 HZ ±3%

5. Dry type or oil immersed type Oil immersed type with

mineral oil


7. Type of cooling ONAN

8. Rated Voltage

H.V. Winding

L.V. Winding

33 KV

0.415 KV

9. Type of tap changer Off load tap changer on H.V.

side +10% to -10% in 17 equal

steps

10. Highest voltage of equipment

H.V. side (RMS)

L.V. side (RMS)

33 KV

0.433 KV

11. Vector group YY-O

12. Method of earthing (H.V. side) Neutral effectively earthed

13. Method of earthing (L.V. side) Neutral effectively earthed

14. Type of H.V. terminal H.V. Bushing porcelain

bushing with plain shades as

per IS:3347




Sr.

No.

Item Value

15. Type of L.V. terminal Suitable for connection to

XLPE cables

16. Insulation levels of bushing and winding

H.V.

L.V.

170 KV

75 KV (rms)

17. Rated short duration power frequency with

stand voltage (rms)

H.V. side

L.V. side

70 KV

28 KV

18. Creepage distance of bushing 25mm per KV for highest

voltage system

19. Type of mounting On wheel on rail

20. Percentage impedance 4.00 %

21. Over voltage operation capacity duration 125% of rated voltage for 60

sec and 140% rated voltage

for 5 sec

22. Maximum flux density in Tesla 1.9 Tesla

23. Winding insulation type

H.V.

L.V.

Full

Full

24. System short circuit level and duration for

which transformers shall be capable to

withstand the thermal and synamic stresses

(KA rms/sec)

40 Ka/2 sec




Sr.

No.

Item Value

25. Current density for H.V. and L.V. Not exceeding 3 Amp/sq.mm.

26. Noise level and rated voltage and frequency As per latest NEMA standard

27. Permissible temperature rise of oil (Top) 50o C

28. Permissible temperature rise of winding 55o C

1.5.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

1.5.1 The transformer and accessories shall be designed to facilitate easy

operation, inspection, maintenance and repairs. All transformers shall

also be designed to ensure satisfactory operation under sudden

variations of load and voltage, which may be met with under working

conditions on the system, including those due to short circuits.

1.5.2 The design shall incorporate every reasonable precaution and provision

for the safety of all those concerned in the operation and maintenance

of the equipment keeping in view the requirements of Indian Electricity

Rules.

1.5.3 All material used shall be of best quality and class most suitable for

working under conditions specified and shall withstand the variations of

temperatures and atmospheric conditions arising under working

conditions without undue distortion or deterioration or the setting up

of undue stresses in any part and also without affecting the strength

and suitability of the various parts of the work which they are liable to

perform.

1.5.4 Corresponding parts liable to replacement shall be interchangeable.

1.5.5 Cast iron shall not be used for chambers of oil filled apparatus or any

part of the equipment, which is in tension or subject to impact stresses.

All outdoor equipment, including bushing insulators with their

mountings, shall be designed so as to avoid pocket in which water can

collect.




1.5.6 All mechanism shall, where necessary, be constructed of stainless steel,

brass or gunmetal to prevent sticking due to rust or corrosion.

1.5.7 All taper pins used in any mechanism shall be of the split type

complying with IS 2393.

1.5.8 Steel bolts and nuts exposed to atmosphere shall be galvanized.

1.5.9 GALVANISING

1.5.9 .1 Galvanizing where specified shall be done by hot dip galvanizing

process or by electro-galvanizing process for all parts other than steel

wires. The thickness of zinc coating shall be equivalent to not less than

610 gm of zinc per square meter of surface. The zinc coating shall be

smooth, clean and of uniform thickness and free from defects. The

quality of galvanizing will be established by tests as per IS 2633.

1.5.9 .2 All drilling, punching, cutting, bending and welding of parts shall be

completed and all burrs shall be removed before the galvanizing

process is applied.

1.5.9 .3 Galvanizing of wires shall be applied by the hot dipped process and

shall meet the requirements of relevant Indian Standard. The zinc

coating shall be smooth, clean and of uniform thickness and free from

defects.

1.5.9 .4 Surfaces, which are in contact with oil, shall not be galvanised or

cadmium plated.

1.5.9 .5 Labels shall be provided for identification of accessories such as relays,

switches, current transformers etc. The labels shall be indelibly marked

and plate shall be in stainless steel.

1.5.10 BOLTS AND NUTS

1.5.10 .1 Steel bolts and nuts exposed to atmosphere with suitable finishes shall

be used like cadmium plated or zinc plated passivity shall be used for




diameters above 6 mm.

1.5.10 .2 All nuts and bolts shall be locked in position except that external to the

transformer.

1.5.10 .3 On outdoor equipment, all bolts, nuts and washers in contact with non-

ferrous parts, which carry current, shall be of phosphor bronze, where

the transfer of current is through bolts.

1.5.10 .4 Any bolts and nuts, which are inaccessible by means of ordinary

spanners, the supplier shall provide suitable special spanners.

1.5.11 PAINTING

1.5.11.1 Before painting all ungalvanised parts shall be completely clean, free

from rust, scale and grease. All external surface cavities shall be on

castings shall be filled by metal deposition.

1.5.11.2 The interior of all transformer tanks, other oil filled chambers and

internal structural steel work shall be cleaned of all scale and rust by

shot blasting. These surfaces shall be painted with hot oil resisting

varnish or paint.

1.5.11.3 Except for nuts, bolts and washers, which may have to be removed for

maintenance purposes, all external surfaces shall receive a minimum of

three coats of paint.

1.5.11.4 The primary coat shall be applied immediately after cleaning. The

second coat shall be of an oil and weather resisting nature and

preferably of a shade or colour easily distinguishable from the primary

and final coats and shall be applied after the primary coat has been

touched up where necessary. The final coat shall be of a glossy oil and

weather resisting non-fading paint shade 631 of IS 5. Primer paint shall

be ready-made zinc chrome as per IS104.

Intermediate and final coats shall be as per IS 2932.




1.5.11.5 Nuts, bolts and washers that may have to be removed for maintenance

purposes shall receive a minimum of one coat of paint after erection.

1.5.11.6 All interior surfaces of mechanism chambers and kiosks except those

which have received anti-corrosion treatment shall receive three coats

of paint applied to the thoroughly cleaned metal surface. The final coat

shall be of a light coloured anti-condensation mixture.

1.5.11.7 Any damage to paint work incurred during transport and erection shall

be rectified by the supplier by thoroughly cleaning and repainting the

portion.

1.5.11.8 The supplier shall give one coat of additional paint at site after

completion of erection and testing.

1.5.12 OIL

1.5.12.1 The transformers shall be supplied with first filling of oil and 10%

additional oil in non-returnable drums. The oil shall be as per IS 335 and

free from moisture and have uniform quality.

1.5.12.2 The design, material used and processes used in the construction of the

transformer, shall be such as to reduce the development of acidity in

the oil.

1.6.0 ELECTRICAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

1.6.1 The method of cooling shall be ONAN .The rating specified at ONAN

cooling is minimum requirement. However vendor may specify

maximum possible ONAN capacity considering maximum rating

specified.

1.6.2 Transformers shall operate without injurious heating at the rated KVA

at any voltage within +10 percent of the rated voltage of that particular

tap, continuously

1.6.3 Transformers shall be capable of delivering the rated current at voltage




equal to 105 percent of the voltage without exceeding the limiting

temperature, continuously.

1.6.4 Transformers with tapping ranges extending more than 5% below the

nominal voltage, shall meet the temperature rise limits specified in IS

2026 on all tappings on which the rated current is not more than 95% of

the maximum rated current on the lowest tapping. On other tapping

they shall operate continuously without injurious heating. The loading

on transformers shall be as per IS 6600. Transformers shall withstand

120% overload occasionally for duration of 5 seconds at all taps to take

care of motor starting condition.

1.6.5 The maximum flux density in any part of the core and yokes, at normal

voltage and frequency shall be such that the flux density under over-

voltage conditions shall not exceed the maximum permissible values for

the type of core and yoke material used. The maximum flux density in

any part of the core & yokes shall not exceed 1.9 Tesla for + 10%

voltage variation corresponding to the tapping. The type of material

and values of flux density in the core / yoke for the 100%, 110%, 125%

and 140% and the hysterisis characteristic curves shall be included in

the bid, and shall be subject to the purchaser’s approval.

1.6.6 Transformers shall be designed for over-fluxing withstand capability of

• 110%, continuous.

• 125% for 1 minute

• 150% for 5 seconds

1.6.7 The category of voltage variation shall be constant flux voltage variation

(CFVV).

1.6.8 Starting from hot condition, Transformers shall be capable of

remaining in operation for following conditions without injurious

heating, after failure of forced cooling.




1.6.8.1 At full load for not less than ten minutes, after outage of all forced

cooling.

1.6.8.2 For not less than one hour, without load current, after failure of all

forced cooling, for Transformers with no assigned rating for natural

cooling.

1.6.8.3 Transformers fitted with adquate coolers each capable of dissipating 50

percent of the losses shall be capable of remaining in operation at full

load for not less than 20 minutes in the event of failure of all forced

cooling associated with one cooler.

1.6.9 Transformers complete with bushings / cable boxes, shall be designed

and constructed to withstand without damage, short circuit levels

specified below.

1.6.9.1 0.433 KV - 500 MVA

1.6.9.2 33 KV - 1000 MVA

1.6.10 The neutral terminal of windings with star connection shall be designed

for the highest over-current that can flow through this winding.

1.6.11 Every care shall be taken to ensure that the design and manufacture of

all transformers shall be such as to reduce noise and vibration to the

level obtained in good modern practice. The contractor shall ensure

that the noise level shall not be more than 5 dB above the NEMA TR - 1.

1.6.12 The transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the

suppression of harmonic voltage, especially the third and fifth, so as to

eliminate waveform distortion.

1.7.0 CORE

1.7.1 The core shall be constructed from high-grade cold rolled non-aging

grain oriented silicon steel laminations.




1.7.2 The design of magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static

discharges, development of short circuit paths within itself or to the

earthed clamping structure and the production of flux components at

right angles the plane of the laminations which may cause local heating.

The laminations shall be free of all burrs and sharp projections. Each

sheet shall have an insulating coating resistant to the action of hot oil.

1.7.3 Every care shall be taken in the selection, treatment and handling of

core steel to ensure that as far as possible, the laminations are flat and

the finally assembled core is free from distortion.

1.7.4 Oil ducts shall be provided where necessary to ensure adequate

cooling. The winding structure and major insulation shall not obstruct

the free flow of oil through the ducts. Where the magnetic circuit is

divided in to pockets by cooling ducts parallel to the planes of

laminations or by insulating material above 0.25mm thick, tinned

copper strip bridging pieces shall be inserted to maintain electrical

continuity between pockets.

1.7.5 The insulation structure for the core to bolts and core to clamp plates

shall be such as to withstand a voltage of 2000 V for one minute.

1.7.6 All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly shot

or sand blasted, after cutting, drilling and welding.

1.7.7 The core shall be provided with lugs for lifting the complete core and

coil assembly.

1.7.8 The core clamping structure shall be designed to minimize eddy current

losses.

1.8.0 WINDINGS

1.8.1 The winding shall be made from electrolytic grade-class A paper

insulated copper conductors.




1.8.2 The star connected windings for 33/6.6 KV shall have graded insulation.

The windings for 6.6 KV shall be fully insulated.

1.8.3 Windings shall be subjected to a shrinking and seasoning process, so

that no further shrinkage occurs during service. Adjustable devices

shall be provided for taking up possible shrinkage in service.

1.8.4 Coils shall be supported at frequent intervals by means of wedge type

insulation spacers permanently secured in place and arranged to

ensure proper oil circulation. To ensure permanent tightness of

winding assembly, the insulation spacers shall be dried and

compressed at high pressure before use.

1.8.5 Winding shall not contain sharp bends, which might damage the

insulation or produce high dielectric stresses. No strip conductor

wound on edge shall have width exceeding six times the thickness.

1.8.6 Windings and connections shall be braced to withstand shocks during

transport or short circuits.

1.8.7 Coil clamping rings shall be of steel or of a suitable insulating material.

1.8.8 Terminals of all windings shall be brought out of the tank through

bushings for external connections.

1.8.9 The conductors shall be transposed at sufficient intervals in order to

minimize eddy currents and equalize the distribution of currents and

temperatures along the windings.

1.8.10 The completed core and coil assembly shall be dried in vacuum at not

more than 0.5mm of mercury absolute pressure and shall be

immediately impregnated with oil after the drying process to ensure

the elimination of air and moisture within the insulation. Vacuum may

be applied in either a vacuum oven tank or in the transformer tank.




1.9.0 INTERNAL EARTHING

1.9.1 All internal metal parts of the Transformer, with the exception of

individual laminations, core bolts and their individual clamping plates,

shall be earthed.

1.9.2 The top clamping structure shall be connected to the tank by a copper

strap. One or more of the following methods shall earth the bottom

clamping structure.

1.9.3 By connecting through vertical tie-rods to the top structure.

1.9.4 By direct metal to metal contact with the tank base.

1.9.5 By connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the

main earth connection of the tank.

1.9.6 The magnetic circuit shall be connected to the clamping structure at

one point only and this shall be brought out of the top cover of the

transformer tank through a suitably rated bushing. A disconnecting link

shall be provided on transformer tank to facilitate disconnection from

ground for IR measurement purpose.

1.9.7 Where coil clamping rings are of metal at earth potential , each ring

shall be connected adjacent core clamping structure on the same side

of transformer as the main earth connections.

1.9.8 All earthing connections with the exception of those from the individual

coil clamping rings shall have cross sectional area of not less than 0.8

sq. cm. Connections inserted between laminations of different sections

of core shall have a cross-sectional area of not less than 0.2 sq cm.

1.10.0 TANK

1.10.1 The tank shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low carbon

steel suitable for welding and of adequate thickness.




1.10.2 The tank shall be designed to permit lifting of the complete transformer

assembly filled with oil, by crane or jacks.

1.10.3 Tank together with radiators, coolers, conservator, bushings, vessel and

other fittings shall be designed to withstand without permanent

distortion the following conditions:

1.10.3.1 Full vacuum of 760 mm of Hg. for filling with oil by vacuum.

1.10.3.2 Internal gas pressure of 30 Kg/cm2

( 5lbs/in2

) with oil at operating level.

1.10.4 It shall be possible to skid transformer in any direction. Pulling eyes

shall be provided for moving the transformer in any direction.

1.10.5 Each tank shall be provided with following lifting facilities.

Lifting lugs for lifting the transformer complete with oil.

1.10.6 A minimum four jacking lugs, in accessible positions to enable the

transformer complete with oil to be raised or lowered using jacks.

1.10.6.1 The minimum height of the lugs above base shall be adequate as per IS.

1.10.6.2 Suitable haulage holes shall be provided.

1.10.7 The transformer top shall be provided with a detachable tank cover

with a bolted flanged gasket joint. Lifting lugs shall be provided for

removing the cover. The cover shall be suitably sloped so as to prevent

accumulation of rainwater.

1.10.8 The material used for gaskets shall be cork-neoprene or approved

equivalent. gasketed joints for tank and manhole covers, bushings and

other bolted attachments shall be so designed that the gasket will not

be exposed to the weather. Spare gaskets shall be provided for all

openings, as shipping gaskets will not be re-used.

1.10.9 The tank cover shall be provided with pockets for thermometer. The

thermometer pocket shall be fitted with a captive screwed top to




prevent the ingress of water.

Tank shall be provided with a pressure release device. The pressure

relief device shall be of diaphragm type and shall be of sufficient size so

as to rapidly release any pressure that may be generated within the

tank. An equalizer pipe connecting the pressure release device to the

conservator shall be supplied. This device shall be provided for all

transformers. Explosion vents shall be equipped with remote

monitoring / alarm contacts.

1.11.0 UNDER-CARRIAGE

The under carriage of the transformer shall be provided with

detachable steel flanged wheels. Flanged wheels shall be spaced to

allow standard rail gauge and shall be designed to allow swiveling the

wheels or the rollers in two directions. They shall also be lockable

1.12.0 CONSERVATOR

1.12.1 A conservator complete with sump and drain valve shall be provided in

such a position as not to obstruct the electrical connections to the

transformer. The capacity of conservator shall meet the requirement of

expansion of the total cold oil volume in the transformer and cooling

equipment from the minimum ambient temperature to 900C.

1.12.2 One end of the conservator shall be bolted in to the position so that it

can be removed for cleaning purposes.

1.12.3 Each conservator shall be fitted with a breather in which silica gel shall

be provided. The air shall pass through silica gel. The breather shall be

mounted at adequate from ground level.

1.13.0 VALVES

1.13.1 Valves shall be forged carbon steel up to 25-mm size and of gunmetal

or of cast iron bodies with gunmetal fittings for sizes above 25 mm.

They shall be of full way type with screwed ends and shall be opened by

turning counter clockwise when facing the hand wheel. There shall be




no oil leakage when the valves are in closed position.

1.13.2 Every valve shall be provided with an indicator to show the open and

closed position and shall be provided with facility for padlocking in

either open or closed position.

1.13.3 Each transformer shall be provided with following valves on the tank.

1.13.3.1 Drain valve so located as to completely drain the tank. The same can be

used as bottom filter valve for this transformers.

1.13.3.2 Filter valve at the top of the transformer tank, one of 25-mm for this

size of transformers.

1.13.3.3 Oil sampling valves of minimum 15 mm size at the top and bottom of

the main tank

1.13.3.4 One 15 mm air release plug.

1.13.3.5 Valves between radiators and / or coolers as specified.

1.13.3.6 Two-plugged pipe outlets for applying vacuum.

1.14.0 RADIATORS

1.14.1 BUILT ON RADIATORS

For this transformers tank mounted radiators / coolers shall be of the

detachable type with bolted and gasketed flanged connections. The

following accessories shall be provided for radiator :

1.14.1.1 Shut off valves and blanking plates on transformer tank at each point of

connection

1.14.1.2 Top and bottom shut off valves and blanking plates on each radiator.

1.14.1.3 Lifting lugs.

1.14.1.4 Top oil filling plug, 19 mm size.




1.14.1.5 Air release plug at top.

1.14.1.6 Oil drain plug at the bottom, 19 mm size.

1.15.0 RATING AND DIAGRAM PLATE

1.15.1 A rating plate bearing data as per IS 2026.

1.15.2 A diagram plate showing the internal connections and also the voltage

vector relationship of the windings in accordance with IS 2026 and in

addition a plan view of the transformer, giving the correct physical

relationship of the terminals. When links are provided for changing the

transformer ratio, then approved means shall be provided for clearly

indicating ratio for which the transformer is connected. No load voltage

shall be indicated for each tap.

1.15.3 A plate showing the location and function of all valves and air release

plugs.

1.15.4 Earthing terminals

1.15.5 Two earthing terminals capable of carrying short circuit current shall be

provided. These pads shall be welded to the transformer tank on

opposite sides and shall have threaded holes with nuts and bolts.

1.16.0 BUSHINGS

Porcelain used for bushings shall be homogeneous, non-porous,

uniformly glazed to brown colour and free from blisters, burns and

other defects and of 33 KV voltages.

1.17.0 CABLE BOXES

1.17.1 Cable termination arrangement shall be provided on 6.6 KV side of the

transformer.

1.17.2 Cable boxes shall be designed to accommodate all cable joint fittings or

sealing ends as required, including stress / cones or other approved




means for grading voltage stress on the terminal insulation

1.17.3 Earthing terminals shall be provided for the cable box.

1.18.0 GAS AND OIL ACTUATED BUCHHOLZ RELAY

A double float type Buchholz relay shall be provided for this

transformer. The relay shall have two contacts. One for alarm and other

for trip. The alarm contact shall operate on accumulation of gas and

other shall give trip signal on sudden rise of pressure. These contacts

shall be wired up to the transformer marshalling box.

1.19.0 TAP CHANGER

The main power transformer shall be provided with On load tap

changer. The auxiliary transformer shall be provided with Off load tap

changer

The transformer shall be capable of being loaded in accordance with IS-

6600 upped loads of 150%. These shall be no limitation imposed by

bushings, tap changes etc. Or any other associated equipments.

The transformer and all its accessories shall be designed to withstand

without injury by the thermal & mechanical effects of any external

short circuit to earth and of short circuit at the terminals of any

windings for period of 2 seconds. The short circuit level of HV system to

which the subject transformer will be connected shall be 40 KA for 2

seconds.

Transformer shall be capable of withstanding thermal and mechanical

stresses caused by symmetrical and symmetrical faults on any winding.

Transformer shall withstand without injurious heating, voltage and

frequency fluctuations which produces the following overfloxing

conditions.

110 % continuous.

125 % for lminate.




150 % for 5 Sec.

The transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation with

frequency variation of + 3 % from normal 50 Hz.

1.20.0 TESTING

1.21.1 Testing at manufacturer’s works

Routine and type tests shall be carried out on the transformer as given

below:

1.21.1.1 TYPE TESTS

The supplier shall furnished type test certificate. If the supplier has not

conducted these tests earlier the type tests shall be carried out on one

number 1600 KVA transformer in the presence of Purchaser’s

representative in addition to the routine tests at no extra cost. The type

tests to be carried out are given below.

a) Impulse Test: This shall include chopped wave test.

Impulse test on one leg (HV and LV) of the transformer.

Impulse test on all legs of the transformer.

b) Temperature rise test.

c) Short circuit test.

d) Measurement of acoustic noise level.

e) Short Circuit Impedance of each limb of the transformer with single

phase voltage from both HV and LV sides.

f) Measurement of zero sequence impedance.

g) Measurement of harmonics of the no load current.

h) Vacuum test

1.21.1.2 ROUTINE TESTS

Routine tests as per IS 2026 shall be performed on all transformers. The




following tests shall be carried out.

a) Resistance of each winding of each phase shall be measured at

principal and at all the taps and corrected to 75 ° C.

b) Impedance voltage shall be measured at principal and at all taps.

c) No load loss and exciting current shall be measured at rated

frequency at 90%, 100% and 110% rated voltage. These tests shall

be done after impulse tests if the latter are specified. Exciting

current shall be measured on each phase and recorded. Form factor

shall be noted during the test and included in the test report.

d) No load loss and exciting current shall be measured and recorded

with 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz. Input on L.V. side (assuming L.V. is rated

higher than 415 V )

e) Oil Leakage Test: The main transformer tank and all oil filled

compartments necessary for a complete transformer including

coolers shall be filled with transformer oil and subjected to a

pressure of 0.35 Kg/cm2

above the pressure that would obtain under

normal conditions with full head of oil. The pressure shall be

maintained for 12 hours during which time no oil leakage shall

occur. When heat test is specified, the oil pressure test shall be

performed immediately after the heat run. Otherwise the test may

be performed at ambient temperature.

f) Power taken by cooling equipment shall be measured for all

transformers and mentioned in test report.

g) Calibration of temperature indicators and relays.

h) Measurement of zero sequence impedance.

i) Measurement of voltage ratio and check of voltage vector

relationship

j) Dielectric tests

k) Tests on No-load tap changer.




1.21.2 TESTING AT SITE

1.21.2.1 PRELIMINARY CHECKS

a) Check name plate details as per specifications

b) Check for any physical damage, in particular of bushings.

c) Check tightness of all bolts, clamps and connecting terminals

d) Check cleanliness of bushings

e) Check for oil leakage and oil level

f) Breather condition, check whether breathing line is free, silica gel is

reactivated, oil is available at the bottom

g) Check for clearances, particularly in case of bus ducts

h) Water tightness of terminal boxes and bus ducts

i) Earthing of transformer tank and neutral bushing

j) Releasing of air from bushings, Buchholz relay

k) Check the bushing horn gaps

l) Check the transformer is correctly installed with reference to its

phasing

1.21.2.2 COMMISSIONING TESTS

a) Test the transformer oil for dielectric strength, tan-delta, acidity,

and resistivity and dissolved gases.

b) Test the bushing oil for dielectric strength

c) Insulation test of windings, including tertiary winding

d) Capacitance and tan delta test of condenser type bushings, before




assembly

e) Voltage ratio at all the taps

f) Winding resistance at all the taps

g) short circuit impedance at full winding

h) Core loss at service tap at low voltage

i) Capacitance and tan delta

j) IR & PI

k) Vector group test

l) Phase sequence test

m) Checks on current transformers

n) Line connections as per phasing diagram

o) Winding resistance

p) Insulation resistance of control wiring

q) Buchholz relay operation for alarm & trip

r) Operation test of all protective devices and interlocks

s) Calibration of oil & winding temperature indicators

t) Cooling system

u) Operation of valves

v) Operational test of cooling equipment

w) Check lightning arrester installation




1.22.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION TO BE FURNISHED ALONG WITH

THE BID

1.22.1 General outline drawings showing plan, front elevation, side elevation,

with all fittings and accessories, locating dimensions of cable entries,

earthing terminals, foundation/floor fixing details, jacking pads and

weights.

1.22.2 Shipping details :

a) Size of the largest package (mm). (Length x width x height).

b) Weight of largest package (tonnes).

c) Total gross weight to be handled (tonnes).

d) Total gross volume to be handled (Cu. Metres).

1.22.3 Lifting drawings for :

a) Un-tanking

b) Bushings

c) Lifting the transformer complete with oil

d) Tank cover

1.22.4 HV bushing drawing with cross section

1.22.5 Drawing showing joints of tank and transformer

1.22.6 Drawing showing the oil circulation path in axial and radial ducts in the

core

1.22.7 Drawing showing the arrangement of erection/dismantling of HV

bushing.

1.22.8 Drawing showing the static and dynamic loads for foundation, point




load on each wheel and jack point for designing the civil foundation.

1.22.9 GA drawing of remote OFTC panel including plan, elevation and

foundation plan.

1.22.10 GA drawing of Marshalling box.

1.22.11 GA drawing of cable box with disconnecting chamber

1.23.0 SCHEDULE OF DESIGN CALCULATIONS, WRITE UP TO BE SUBMITTED

ALONG WITH THE BID

1.23.1 Magnetization curve of steel lamination proposed to be used clearly

showing 10% margin is available between the point of saturation and

point of maximum flux density included under the worst condition of

operation.

1.23.2 Graph showing the hysterisis loop of magnetizing material against the

no load current wave form.

1.23.3 No load curves showing the relationship between voltage in percentage

(0 to 125% on normal voltage) against no load power in percentage and

no load current(including active and reactive components) in

percentage.

1.23.4 Calculations in support of short circuit withstand capability.

1.23.5 Supplier shall furnish detailed calculations for withstand ability of the

transformer for earthquake forces.

1.23.6 Special precautions to be taken in design for suppression of restricting

the noise level.

1.23.7 Impedance

1.23.8 Optimum voltage ratio

1.239 Details of transformer tank with drawing for bolted joints




1.23.10 Pressure relief device

1.2311 Internal earthing of core clamping structure

1.24.0 DRAWINGS

1.24.1 The following drawings shall be submitted for the purchaser’s approval

within 1 month of award of contract.

1.24.2 General outline drawing as submitted at the bidding stage but with

binding dimensions and weights within two months of award of

contract.

1.24.3 General outline drawings showing plan, front elevation, side elevation,

with all fittings and accessories, locating dimensions of cable entries,

earthing terminals, foundation/floor fixing details, jacking pads and

weights of the following.

1.24.4 Cable boxes.

1.24.5 Bushings Plan, elevation, terminal details, mounting details, make and

type number, current and voltage rating, creepage distances and

principal characteristics.

1.24.6 Rating and diagram plates.

1.24.7 Cable schedule, interconnection and wiring diagram giving size and

details of cables to be provided by supplier between marshalling boxes

and various devices.

1.25.0 CODES AND STANDARDS

1. IS 109 Copper

2. IS 335 New insulating oil for transformers & switchgear

3. IS 648 Grain oriented electrical steel sheets magnetic circuits

of power electrical apparatus

4. IS 649 Method of testing steel sheets for magnetic circuit s of




power electrical apparatus

5. IS 778 Gun metal gate globe and check valves for general

purpose

6. IS 1271 Classification of insulating materials for electrical

machinery and apparatus in relation to their stability in

service

7. IS 1576 Solid press board for electrical purposes

8. IS 1666 Paper covered rectangular copper conductors for

transformer winding

9. IS 1866 Code of practice for maintenance of insulating oil

10. IS 1876 Method for voltage measurement by means of spred

gap

11. IS 1886 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of

transformers

12. IS 2026 part I to IV Power transformers

13. IS 2070 Method of impulse voltage testing

14. IS 2071 Method of impulse voltage testing

15. IS 2099 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 volts

16. IS 2312 Propeller type AC ventilation fans

17. IS 2705 Current transformers

18. IS 3024 Electrical steel sheets(oriented)

19. IS 3043 Code of practice for earthing

20. IS 3202 Code of practice for climate proofing for electrical




equipment

21. IS 3231 Relays for power system protection

22. IS 3347 Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushings for use

in lightly polluted atmosphere

23. IS 3401 Silica gel

24. IS 3637 Specification of gas operated relay

25. IS 3638 Application guide for gas operated relay

26. IS 3639 Fittings & accessories for power transformers

27. IS 3716 Application guide for insulation coordination

equipment located in exposed situation

28. IS 3812 Method of determination of the mass of aluminising

coating on hot-dip-aluminised iron and steel articles.

29. IS 4253 Cork composition sheets, cork and rubber (part II)

30. IS 4257 Dimensions for clamping arrangement for bushings

31. IS 5358 Specifications for hot dip galvanised coating of

fasteners

32. IS 5728 Guide for short circuit calculations

33. IS 6600 Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers

34. IS 6103 Method of test for specific resistance(resistivity) of

electrical insulating liquids

35. IS 6104 Method of test for interfacial tension of oil against

water by ring method

36. IS 6272 Industrial cooling fan




37. IS 6792 Method of determination of electrical strength of

insulating oil

38. IS 8468 On load tap changer

39. IS 8478 On load tap ch anger application guide

40. IS 8690 Application guide for measuring devices for high

voltage testing

41. IS 10028 part I to III Code of practice for selection, installation &

maintenance of transformers

42. CBIP manual on transformers

43. Indian electricity rules

2.00 DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1 VACCUME CIRCUIT BREAKERS

2.1.1 Rating

The breaker shall conform to detailed technical specifications given below.

1. Rated voltage 33 kV

2. Maximum system voltage 36 kV

3. Number of poles 3

4. Rated frequency 50 Hz


6. Reference ambient temperature 45°C

7. Rated insulation level

1.2/50 micro-sec impulse withstand voltage

170 kV peak

8. System neutral earthing Effectively earthed .




9. System fault level 17.5 kA for 1 sec.

10. Rated nominal current 630 A

11. Rated cable charging breaking current 50 A

12. Rated short time withstand current (1 sec.) 17.5 kA rms

13. Rated making current 63 kA peak

14. First pole to clear factor 1.5

15. Transient recovery voltage (Uc TRV peak) 62 kV peak

16. Rated operating sequence O - 0.3 s CO - 3 min - CO

17. Rated opening time ≤ 3 cycles

18. Rated closing time ≤ 5 cycles

19. Clearances in air

a. Between phases

b. Between live part and earth

c. Ground clearance

d. Section clearance

320 mm

320 mm

3700 mm

3000 mm

20. Creepage distance for circuit breaker housing 900 mm

21. Auxiliary supply voltage

Trip coil

Closing Coil

Spring charging motor

Space heater etc.

110 V DC or

110 V DC or

230 AC

240 V, 1Ph, AC

2.1.2 Constructional features

1 The Vaccum circuit breaker shall be of single pressure type and shall utilize

puffer cylinder for interrupting circuit currents. The circuit breakers shall




comprise of 3 identical single phase units with operating mechanism suitable

for simultaneous operation of all phases. All three phases shall be linked

together electrically. In the live tank construction, the tank containing

Vaccum and the interrupters, shall be insulated from earth by providing

suitable support insulators.

2 Circuit breaker shall be operated by motor charged spring operated

mechanism. It shall be anti-pumping type and trip free. One O-C-O operation

shall be possible with failure of AC supply.

4 Main poles shall operate simultaneously. The design shall ensure a close

pole spread with a maximum of 10 ms for either closing or opening. There

shall be no objectionable rebound and the mechanism shall not require any

critical adjustment. It shall be strong rigid, positive and fast in operation.

5. Mechanical indicator shall be provided inside the operating mechanism box

to show open and closed positions where it will be visible through a glass

window to a man standing on the ground with the mechanism housing

closed. An operation counter shall also be provided.

6 The closing coil shall operate correctly at all values of voltage between 80%

and 110% of the rated voltage. The shunt trip shall operate correctly under

all operating conditions of the circuit breaker up to the rated breaking

capacity of the circuit breaker and for supply voltage variation of 50% to

110% of rated voltage.

7 Working parts of the mechanism shall be of corrosion resisting material.

Bearings that require grease shall be equipped with pressure type grease

fittings, bearings, pin, bolts, nuts and other parts shall be adequately locked

to prevent loosening or changing adjustment with repeated operation of the

breaker.

8 Pressure gauge shall be provided to indicate rated gas pressure. Two

independent settings, one for alarm and one for lock out shall be provided

for fall in gas pressure.




2.1.3 Operating Mechanism

1 The spring operated mechanism shall be complete with motor, opening

spring, closing spring with limit switch for automatic charging and all other

necessary accessories to make the system complete.

2 As long as power is available to the motor, a continuous sequence of at least

10 closing and opening operations shall be possible. Motor shall be rated

accordingly.

3 Breaker operation shall be independent of the motor operation.

4 The motor rating shall be such that it shall take only about 30 seconds for

fully charging the closing spring. The motor shall be designed for following

supply voltage variations.

Voltage - 230 ± 10% Volts

Frequency - 50 ± 5% Hz

Combined - ± 10%

5 When closing springs are discharged, after closing a breaker, closing springs

shall automatically be charged for next operation. Facility for manual

charging of closing spring shall be provided.

6 Mechanical interlocks shall be provided in the operating mechanism to

prevent discharging of closing springs when breaker is already in the closed

position. Provision shall be made to prevent a closing operation to be

carried out with the spring partially charged.

7 Operating mechanism shall normally be operated by remote electrical

control. Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coil. Provision

shall be made for local electrical control. Local/Remote selector switch shall

be provided in the operating mechanism cubicle.

8 Conveniently located manual tripping lever shall be provided for local

tripping of the breaker. Local manual closing device that can easily be

operated shall also be provided for maintenance purposes. Direction of

rotation of handle shall clearly be marked.




9 Operating mechanism and all accessories shall be enclosed in a

weatherproof, hot dip galvanized sheet steel cabinet. The thickness of

cabinet shall be minimum 2 mm. The housing shall be dust and water proof

with proper gasketing all around and degree of protection IP 55. Padlock and

duplicate keys shall be provided.

10 A light point with door switch and one 3 pin 240 V, 15 A socket outlet shall

be provided in the housing.

12 A common marshalling box shall be provided which will be mounted on a

separate concrete plinth.

2.1.4 Bushing and insulators

1 Porcelain used for bushing shall be homogeneous, free from laminations,

cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanism or

dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly verified, tough and impervious to

moisture.

2 Glazing of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour free from blisters,

bums and similar any other defects. All bushing shall be designed to have

ample mechanical strength and rigidity for the conditions under which they

will be used. All bushings of identical ratings shall be interchangeable.

3 Puncture strength of bushing shall be greater than the dry flashover value.

When operating at normal rated voltage, there shall be no electric discharge

between the conductors and the bushings which would cause corrosion or

injury to conductors, insulators or supports. No radio interference shall be

caused by the bushings when operating at the normal rated voltage.

4 All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanized and all joints shall be air tight.

5 All current carrying contacts surfaces shall be silver faced. Silver facing shall

not be less than one mil in thickness.

6 Bushings shall be rated for insulation levels specified.

2.1.5 Terminal pads

1 The breaker terminal pads shall be adequately designed for the currents

specified. For the terminals, the current density shall not exceed 1.6 A/sq.

mm for copper and 1.0 A/sq. mm for aluminum.




2.1.6 Contacts

1 Main contacts shall have ample area and contact pressure for carrying the

rated current and short time rated current of the breaker without excessive

temperature rise which may cause pitting or welding. Contacts shall be

adjustable to allow for wear, easily replaceable and shall have a minimum of

movable parts. Main contacts shall be first open and last to close so that

there will be little contact burning and wear.

2 Arcing contacts shall be first to close and last to open and shall be easily

accessible for inspection and replacement. Tips of arcing and main contacts

shall be silver faced or have tungsten alloy tipping.

6 NO + 6 NC spare, potential free, auxiliary contacts shall be provided for

Purchaser’s use. These are in addition to the contacts in the control circuit.

Contacts shall be rated for 10 A, 240 V AC and 0.5 A inductive breaking at

220 V DC.

2.1.7 Other duty requirements

1. Circuit breaker shall be restrike free.

2. Transient recovery voltage shall be as specified in clause. 5.01.01.

3. Circuit breaker shall be capable of breaking 25% of rated fault current at

twice the rated voltage under out of phase. Breaking conditions specified in

BIS 13118.

4. The percentage value of the DC component of the breaking current shall

as specified in IS 13118.

2.1.8 Name plate details

Each breaker shall be provided with a name plate in English, with the

following data indelibly marked on it,

1. Manufacture’s name or trademark.

2. Serial number and type designation.

3, Rated voltage .

4. Rated current.




5. Rated insulation level.

6. Rated frequency.

7. Rated symmetrical and asymmetrical breaker capacities.

8. Rated duration of short circuit.

9. First pole to clear factor.

10. Rated out of phase breaking current.

11. Rated line charging breaking current.

12. Rated cable charging breaking current.

13. Rated single capacitor bank breaking current.

14. Rated back to back capacitor bank breaking current.

15. Rated gas pressure for operation.

16. Rated gas pressure for interruption.

17. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening devices.

18. Rated supply voltage and frequency of auxiliary circuits.

19. Total weight.

20. Rated operating sequence.

21. Year of manufacture.

2.1.9 Fittings and accessories

1. Operating mechanism complete with

a) Padlocks and duplicate keys.

b) Space heaters with automatic thermostatic control.

c) Local/Remote selector switch.

d) Manually operated tripping push button/lever.

e) Operation counter.

f) Terminal blocks with minimum six spares terminals.

g) Control switches to cut off control power supplies.




h) Fuses as required.

i) Two earthing terminals.

j) Motor contactor with thermal release for spring charging motor.

k) Breaker control switch.

l 230 V, 1 PH, 15 A, 3 pin socket outlet and cubical lamp

2. Floor clamps

3. Earthing pads, 2 nos.

4. Manually operated device for breaker closing under failure of normal

power.

5. Maintenance closing device.

6. Foundation templates.

7. Foundation bolts.

8. Name plates.

9. Special tools required for installation and maintenance if any.

10. GI steel frames.

11. Clamps and connectors.

2.1.10 TESTS

2.1.10.1 TYPE TESTS

Type test certificate for equipment similar to the one, which is offered, shall

be furnished along with bid. Type test shall be as per relevant BIS/IEC

standard. If type tests are not done on equipment of similar design, then

supplier shall carry out tests without any extra cost.

2.1.10.2 ROUTINE TEST

All routine tests as per relevant BIS/IEC standard shall be carried out at the

manufacturer’s works in the presence of representative of the department.

An advance intimation of not less than 20 days shall be given to department

about readiness of the equipment for the inspection and the testing. Six




copies of the text certificate/report shall be furnished after the test have

been successfully completed.

No equipment shall be dispatched before the Purchaser approves the test

certificates. Approval to the tests shall however not absolved the supplier

from responsibility for guaranteed performance of the equipment.

Lists of tests to be carried are given below. However this list is indicative any

other tests if specified in BIS, the same shall also be carried out at no extra

cost.

a) Power frequency voltages withstand tests on the main circuit.

b) Voltage withstand tests on control and auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit.

d) Mechanical operation test.

e) Design and visual checks.

f) Measurement of opening and closing times.

2.1.10.3 COMMISSIONING TESTS

The commissioning checks/tests to be carried out on all the equipment are

given below. If the manufacturer recommends in a other tests, the same

shall also be included at no extra cost.

a) Checks on physical damage name plate details, tightness of bolts, clamps

and earthing connections.

b) Check closing and opening operation.

c) Check control wiring for correctness of connections, continuity and IR

values.

d) Manually and electrically closing/opening operation.

e) Breaker closing and tripping time measurement.

f) Trip free and anti-pumping operation.

g) IR values, resistance and minimum pickup voltage of coils.

h) Contact resistance.

i) Simultaneous closing of all three phases.




j) Check mechanical and electrical interlocks provided.

k) Checks on spring charging motor correct operation of limit switches and

time of charging.

l) All other functional checks.

2.1.11 DRAWING / DATA TO BE FURNISHED

a) Documents to be furnished with tender

As a part of the tender, Bidder shall submit following drawings.

i. Complete assembly drawing of the circuit breaker showing plan,

elevation sectional view, dimensions, weight and quantity of SF6 gas.

ii. Sectional views showing the general constructional features of the

circuit breaker including operating mechanism, arcing chambers,

contacts, main contacts, bushing lifting dimensions.

iii Complete technical literature.

iv Type test certificates for similar breaker.

v Foundation plan

b) Documents to be furnished after award of contract

Following documents shall be submitted after award of contract approval.

i General outline drawing showing front and side elevation and plan of

the equipment with detailed final dimensions.

ii Foundation plans, weights of various components, static load while

breaking rated short circuit currents and making rated currents.

iii Wiring diagram showing control scheme of the breaker.

iv Complete technical literature including details of operating mechanism

box, SF6 gas pressure monitoring etc.

v Complete details of bushing including make, weight, dimensions,

withstand voltage, creepage distance, permissible safe cantilever

loading.

vi Name plate details.




viii Structural drawing, design calculations and loading data for support

structure.

viii Operation and maintenance manuals.

ix Routine and type test certificates.

2.1.12 SPARES

The supplier shall provide following spares required during commissioning of

the switchyards.

VACCUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Sr. No. Description Qty

1 Closing coil 1

2 Tripping coil 1

3 Spring charging motor 1

4 Pressure switch 1

5 Pressure gauge 1

6 Set of gaskets 1

2.1.13 APPLICABLE STANDARDS

1 IS 13118 Specification for high voltage alternating current

circuit breaker

2 IS 2147 Degree of protection provided for enclosure for

low voltage switchgear and control gear.

3 IS 325 Specification for 3 phase induction motor.

4 IS 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing.

5 IS 2099 Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000 volts.

6 IEC 56,376,694 Indian electricity rules.




3.0 ISOLATORS

3.1 Rating

The isolator shall conform to detailed technical specifications given below.






6. Reference ambient temperature 45°C

7. Type of isolator Double brake,

centre pole rotating,


1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse withstand voltage

to earth and between poles

Across isolating distance

1 min power frequency withstand voltage

to earth and between poles

Across isolating distance

170 kV peak

195 kV peak

70 kV rms

80 kV rms

9. System neutral earthing Effectively earthed

for all stage

10. System fault level 17.5 kA for 1sec.

11. Rated nominal current 200 A

12. Rated short time withstand current ( 1 sec.) 17.5 kA rms

13. Rated peak withstand current 33 kA peak




14. Minimum clearances/spacing in air

a. Between poles

b. Between live part and earth

c. Ground clearance

d. Section clearance

1500 mm

320 mm

3700 mm

3000 mm

15. Creepage distance for isolator housing 900 mm

16. Auxiliary supply voltage

motor

Space heater etc.

230V, AC

230 V, 1Ph, AC

3.2 Constructional features

1 The isolator and earthing switch assembly shall be complete with all parts

that are necessary for efficient operation. All similar parts shall be

interchangeable.

2 Base channels and other structural steel members such as operating pipes,

phase coupling roads, operating mechanism boxes, manual operating

handles, bolts, pins etc. shall be hot dip galvanized all castings except

current carrying parts shall made of malleable cast iron or cast steel.

3 Live metal parts shall be of non-rusting and non-corroding metal. Current

carrying parts shall be of aluminium or copper. Bolts, screws and pins shall

be provided with lock washers, keys or equivalent locking facility, and if on

current carrying parts, shall be made of non-rusting, non-corroding metal

such as copper silicon alloy.

4 Isolators, earth switches and operating mechanism shall be sturdy and shall

be such that they cannot be dislodged from their open or closed position by

gravity, wind pressure, vibrations, shocks, seismic forces, breaking of

connecting loads or the operating mechanism.

5 The design shall be such that lubrication of parts if required shall be at very

infrequent intervals.




6 The isolators/earthing switch shall be provided with high current carrying

contacts on the hinge and jaw ends and all contacts surfaces shall be of

silver faced copper.

7 The isolators and earth switches shall be designed to withstand stresses due

to the breaking of short circuit current of 17.5 kArms for 1 sec.

3.3 Operating mechanism

1 The operating mechanism shall provide quick simple and effective

operation. Time of operation shall not exceed 12 sec. One man shall be able

to operate the isolator and earthing switch without undue effort when

operated manually.

2 The ganging mechanism shall be provided with sufficient adjustment to

allow for final alignment of the isolator blades for simultaneous operation.

Adjustable stops shall be provided to prevent over travel in both directions.

3 The isolator shall be provided with positive continuous control throughout

the entire cycle of operation. The operating pipes and rods shall be sufficient

rigid to maintain positive control under most adverse conditions. They shall

be designed to withstand all torsional and bending stresses due to operation

of the isolator.

4 The isolator and earthing switch shall be power operated by a motor.

5 A weather proof galvanized sheet steel cabinet with gasketed, hinged door

and pad lock shall be provided. The cabinet shall house driving mechanism,

motor starters, control valve solenoids and auxiliary switches. The

orientation of the operating mechanism box with respect to isolator shall be

to suit layout.

6 Manual operating handle shall also be provided for manual operation of the

isolator. When manual operating handle is engaged position, power

operation shall be inoperative. Pad locking facility shall be provided for

manual operating handle.

7 In addition to the limit switch contacts required for control of isolator, 6 NO

+ 6 NC spare contacts shall be provided. These switch contacts shall be

directly driven from the isolator shaft through minimum linkages.




8 The auxiliary contacts shall be silver faced copper. The continuous current

rating of contacts shall be 10 A, 240 V AC. They shall be capable of breaking

at least 2 A at 220 V DC with circuit time constant of not less than 20 msec.

9 All interlocks shall be wired in the control circuit.

10 The manual operating handles shall be mounted on the base of supporting

structure. Guide bearings shall be provided if necessary.

11 The design of operating mechanism shall be such that during the operation

of the isolator, the moving plates once they reach the sparking distance,

spring shall take over to give quick, snap action closing so that the isolator

closing is independent of manual efforts. Similarly the spring must assist

during the opening operation to give quick breaking features.

12 The drive motor shall be totally enclosed, weather proof, tropicalised with

degree of protection IP 55. Direct on line starter shall be provided for the

motor. Limit switches shall be fitted on the isolator shaft, within the cabinet

to sense the open and close positions of the isolator.

3.4 Interlocks

1 Isolators and earthing switches shall be provided with padlocking to lock

them in fully open or fully closed position. Padlocks shall be supplied with

the isolator.

2 Isolator and the earthing switch shall be mechanically interlocked such that

it will not be possible to close the earthing switch when the isolator is in

closed position and vice-versa.

3 Isolators shall be provided with fail-safe electrical interlocking feature with

circuit breaker. A separate bypass switches shall be provided on the local

control cabinet to facilitate emergency manual operation of isolator.

4 In addition to electrical interlock, mechanical interlock “Castell” key type

shall be provided.

3.5 Insulators

1 Porcelain used for the manufacture of support and operating rod insulators

shall be homogeneous, free from flaws or imperfections that might affect

the mechanical or dielectric properties. They shall be thoroughly vitrified,




tough and impervious to moisture. The glazing of the porcelain shall be of

uniform brown colour, free from blisters, bums and other similar defects,

insulators of same rating and type shall be interchangeable.

2 The insulator shall be polycone types.

3 The porcelain and metal parts shall be assembled in such a manner that any

thermal expansion differential between the metal and the porcelain parts

throughout the range of temperature variation shall not loosen the parts or

electrical/mechanical strength and rigidity. Each cap and base shall be high

grace cast steel or malleable steel casting and they shall be machine faced

and smoothly galvanized. The cap and base of the insulators shall be

interchangeable with each other.

4 The creepage distance for the insulator shall be 900 mm.

3.6 Temperature rise

The temperature rise at the contacts shall not exceed 65°C at an ambient

temperature of 40°C for silver faced contacts in air.

3.7 Short circuit requirement

1 The rated peak withstand current and the rated short time withstand

current, carried by the insulator in the closed position during the rated

duration of short circuit shall not cause :

a) Material mechanical damage to any part of the isolator

b) Separation of the contacts

c) A temperature rise that, added to the maximum temperature obtained

when carrying the rated normal current continuously, is likely to damage the

insulation.

2 After passage of above currents, the isolators shall be able to carry its rated

normal current without its temperature rise exceeding the values specified

and shall be capable of performing at the designed conditions.

3 The rated peak withstand current and the rated short time withstand

current, carried by an earthing switch in the closed position during the rated

duration of short circuit shall not cause :




a) Material mechanical damage to any part of the earthing switches .

b) Separation of the contacts or substantial contact welding.

c) A temperature rise likely to damage the insulation

3.8 Name plate

1 The isolated name plate shall contain

a) Name of manufacturer

b) Type of designation

c) Serial number

d) Rated voltage

e) Rated lighting impulse withstand voltage

f) Rated normal current

g) Rated short time withstand current and time

h) Rated mechanical terminal load

i) Weight of complete isolator including operating mechanism and

earthing switch

2 The earthing switch name plate shall contain



c) Serial number

d) Rated voltage

e) Rated lighting impulse withstand voltage

f) Rated short time withstand current and time

g) Rated short circuit making current

h) Rated mechanical terminal load

3 The operating mechanism name plate shall contain






c) Rated auxiliary voltage

3.9 Fittings and accessories

1 A mechanical position indicator shall be provided for each isolator and

earthing switch.

2 Each pole of the isolator shall be provided with two earthing pads of non-

corrodible material at opposite ends, brazed to the channel base. Flexible

cooper earth leads shall be provided for connecting operating handles of

isolators and earthing switches to the earthing grid.

3 Counter balancing spring shall be provided for counter balancing the isolator

to prevent impact at the end of travel both on opening and closing of the

isolator and earth switch.

4 A weatherproof and corrosion-proof nameplate shall be provided on

isolators, earthing switches and operating devices.

5 Adequate rated, renewable type arcing shall be provided on the isolators to

make and break the magnetizing or line charging currents.

6 Earthing switches shall from integral part of each pole of the isolator. Two

independent earthing pads each with flexible copper braids and suitable

connectors for the earthing lead shall be provided at the hinge end of the

switch.

7 Foundation bolts

8 Special tools required for installation and maintenance, if any.

9 GI steel frames.

10 Clamps and connectors.

3.10 TESTS

3.10.1 TYPE TESTS








3.10.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

a) Power frequency voltages dry tests on the main circuit.

b) Voltage tests on control and auxiliary circuits.

c) Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit.

d) Mechanical operation test.

3.10.3 COMMISSIONING TESTS




a) Checks on physical damage, name plate details, tightness of bolts,

clamps and earthing connections.

b) Insulation resistance of each pole.

c) Manually and electrically closing/opening operation.

d) Check mechanical and electrical interlock provided.

e) Contact resistance.




f) Simultaneous closing of all three phases.

g) Clearances in open and closed position.

h) Measurement of motor current.

3.11 DRAWING / DATA TO BE FURNISHED



i Complete assembly drawing of the isolator and earth switch showing

plan, elevation and sectional view, dimensions and weight.

ii Details of operating mechanism, terminal ends jaws.

iii Typical schematic diagram for control.

iv Type test certificates for similar isolator.

v Foundation plan.

b) Following documents to be furnished after award of contract .

i Complete assembly drawing of the isolator and earth switch showing

plan, elevation and sectional view, dimensions and weight.

ii Bill of material

iii Control wiring diagram.

iv Location and mounting details of operating handles, operating devices,

guides, guide bearings, terminals stud details.

v Complete details of insulators including make, weight, dimensions,

withstand voltages, creepage distance, permissible safe cantilever

loading.


vii Foundation plan, weights of various components.

viii Structural drawing, design calculation and loading data for support

structures.

ix Routine and type test certificates.

x Operation and maintenance manuals.




3.12 SPARES


the switchyards.

Sr. No. Description Qty

1 Set of male/female contacts 1

for each phase of isolator 1

2 Motor 1

3 Auxiliary switches 10 NO+10 NC 1

4 Set of insulator stack 1

3.13 APPLICABLE STANDARDS

1 IS 9921 Specification for altering current disconnectors and

earthing switches for voltages above 1000 V

2 IS 2099 Bushings for alternative voltages above 1000 V

3 IS 325 Specification for 3 phase induction motor

4 IS 2544 Insulators

5 IS 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing

Indian electricity rules.

4.00 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

4.1 RATING

Current transformer shall conform to detailed technical specifications given

below.








5. Installation outdoor

6. Reference ambient temperature 45 °C


i 1.2/50 micro-sec impulse withstand voltage

ii Power frequency withstand voltage

170 kV peak

70 kV rms

8. System neutral earthing Non effectively

earthed

9. System fault level 17.5 kA for 1 sec.

10. Rated short time with stand current ( 1sec) 17.5 kV for 1 sec.

11. Rated making current 33 kA peak


i Between phases

ii Between live part and earth

iii Ground clearance

iv Section clearance

320 mm

320 mm

3700 mm

3000 mm

13. Creepage distance for housing 900 mm

C.T. DETAILS :-

Description Value

a) Current ratio 50/1-1-1-1A

b) Accuracy class

and burden




i. Core 1

ii. Core 2

iii. Core 3

iv. Core 4

CI. 5P10, 30 VA

CI. PS 30 VA

CI. 0.5 30 VA

CI. 5P10, 30 VA


1 The secondary winding of the CT shall be made up from super-enameled

electrolytic copper conductor on suitably insulated high grade, non-aging

CRGO torroidal core.

2 The number of cores per CT shall be as specified. The cores shall be

accommodated inside a metallic shell and tube assembly.

3 High voltage insulation of uniform thickness shall be provided on the

winding.

4 The primary winding shall be made up of double paper covered, rectangular-

strip copper conductor, wound and shall be cast in resin. The ends shall be

crimped to copper sockets.

5 The assembly shall be dried in an auto-clave.

6 Oil shall be filled in the CT under vacuum.

7 Stainless steel diaphragm shall be provided at the top, to allow for oil

volume variation.

8 The CT shall be hermetically sealed.

9 The top tank shall be made up of CRCA sheet steel.

10 The top and the bottom housing shall be painted with two coats of

polyurethane based primary followed by two coats of polyurethane based

aluminium paint.

11 Oil sampling port shall be provided at the bottom.




4.3 Specific requirements

1 The minimum knee point of class PS. CT shall be

Vk = 40(Rct + 5) where Rct is CT secondary resistance.

2 The exciting current of class PS. CT shall not be more than 30 mA at 1/4

Vk.

4.4 Bushings/Insulators


cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might affect the mechanical or

dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to

moisture.


bums and similar any other defects. All bushings shall be designed to have


will be used.



between the conductors and the bushing that would cause corrosion or

injury to conductors, insulators or supports.


4.5 Terminal

The current terminal shall be adequately designed for the currents specified.

For the terminals, the current density shall not exceed 1.6 A/sq. mm for

copper and 1.0 A/sq. mm for aluminium.

4.6 Secondary terminal box

The secondary terminal box shall be independent and leak proof, in case of

damage, to the main terminal box, it shall be possible to replace the

terminal box without affecting the leak proofness.

4.7 Name plate

Each CT shall be provided with a name plate with the following data in

indelibly marked on it :




1 Manufacture’s name and country of origin.

2 Year of manufacture

3 Serial number and a type designation

4 The rated primary and secondary currents.

5 Rated frequency.

6 Rated output and the corresponding accuracy class.

7 Highest system voltage

8 Rated insulation level.

9 Rated short time current with rated time.

10 Rated dynamic current.

11 Reference to Indian Standard.


1 Secondary terminal box

2 Name plates

3 Two independent earthing terminals.

4 Special tools require for installation and maintenance if any.

5 GI steel frames

6 Clamps and connectors

4.9 TESTS

4.9.1 TYPE TESTS





4.9.2 ROUTINE TEST















cost.

a) Verification of terminal marking and polarity

b) Power frequency voltage dry withstand tests on the primary winding.

c) Power frequency voltage withstand tests on the secondary winding.

d) Over voltage inter turn test.

e) Partial discharge test

f) Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the

requirements of the accuracy class.

4.10 COMMISSIONING TESTS






b) Megger between windings and winding terminal to body.

c) Polarity test.

d) Ratio identification - checking of all ratios on all cores by primary

injection of current.

e) Magnetizing characteristics, secondary winding resistance.

f) Capacitance and tan delta test.






As a part of the tender, Bidder shall submit following drawings

i. Complete assembly drawing of the current transformer showing plan,

elevation ,sectional view, dimensions, weight and quantity of oil.

ii. Sectional views showing the general constructional features of the CT.


iv Type test certificates for similar CT.

b) Documents to be furnished after award of contract.

Following documents shall be submitted after award of contract for

approval.



ii Foundation plans, weights of various components, static load.

iii Secondary terminal details.

iv Complete technical literature.



loading.


vii Operation and maintenance manuals.

viii Routine and type test certificates.


1 IS 2705 part 1 to 4 Current transformers specifications

2 IS 2099 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000

volts.




3 IS 4201 Application guide for current transformers

4 IS 335 New insulating oils

5 IS 2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures

for low voltage switchgear and control gear.

6 IS 2071 part 1 & 2 Method of high voltage testing

7 IS 11322 Method of partial discharge measurement in

instrument transformers


5.00 Voltage transformers

5.1 Rating

Voltage transformers shall conform to detailed technical specifications given

below








iii 1.2/50 micro-sec impulse withstand voltage

iv Power frequency withstand voltage

170 kV peak

70 kV rms

8. System neutral earthing Non-effectively

earthed




9. Rated voltage factor and duration 1.9 for 30

seconds


v Between phases

vi Between live part and earth

vii Ground clearance

viii Section clearance

320 mm

320 mm

3700 mm

3000 mm

11. Creepage distance for housing 900 mm

P.T. DETAILS :-

Description

a) Voltage ratio 33 kV/√3/110 V/√3 /110 V

b) Accuracy class

and burden

i. Core 1

ii. Core 2

CI. PS

CI. 0.5


1 The primary shall consist of desired number of turns of super - enameled

electrolytic copper conductor insulated from each other.

2 The secondary winding of the VT shall be made up from super - enameled

electrolytic copper conductor insulated from each other.

3 The number of cores per VT shall be specified. The coil shall be

accommodated inside a metallic shell and tube assembly.

4 High voltage insulation of uniform thickness shall be provided on the

winding.

5 The assembly shall be dried in an auto-clave.

6 Oil shall be filled in the VT, under vacuum.




7 Stain less steel diaphragm shall be provided at the top, to allow for oil

volume variations.

8 The VT shall be hermetically sealed.

9 The top tank shall be made up of CRCA sheet steel.

10 The top and bottom housing shall be painted with 2 coats of polyurethane

based primer followed by 2 coats of polyurethane aluminium paint.

11 Oil sampling port shall be provided at the bottom.

5.3 Bushings / Insulators


cavities and other flaws on imperfections that might affect the mechanical

or dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious

to moisture.


bums and similar any other defects. All bushings shall be designed to have


will be used.



between the conductors and the bushing that would cause corrosion or

injury to conductors, insulators or supports.


5.4 Secondary terminal box

1 The secondary terminal box shall be independent and leak proof, in case of

damage, to the main terminal box, it shall be possible to replace the

terminal box without affecting the leak proofness.

5.5 Name plate

Each CVT shall be provided with a name plate with the following data in

indelibly marked on it :

1 Manufacture’s name and country of origin.

2 Year of manufacturer




3 Serial number and a type designation

4 The rated primary and secondary currents.

5 Rated frequency.

6 Rated output and the corresponding accuracy class.

7 Highest system voltage

8 Rated insulation level.

9 Rated voltage factor and corresponding rated time.

10 Number of phases and method of connection

11 Earthed or unearthed

12 Reference to Indian Standard.


1 Secondary terminal box

2 Name plates

3 Two independent earthing terminals.

4 Special tools require for installation and maintenance if any.

5 GI steel frames


5.7 TESTS

5.7.1 TYPE TESTS





5.7.2 ROUTINE TEST















cost.

a) Verification of terminal marking and polarity

b) Power frequency voltage dry withstand tests on the primary winding.

c) Power frequency voltage dry withstand tests on the secondary winding.

d) Over voltage inter turn test.

e) Partial discharge test

f) Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the

requirements of the accuracy class.







b) Insulation resistance.

c) polarity test.

d) Ratio test.

e) Capacitance and tan delta test.

f) Open delta test with low voltage.





a) Documents to be furnished with tender.

As a part of the tender, Bidder shall submit following drawings

i. Complete assembly drawing of the current transformer showing plan,

elevation , sectional view, dimensions, weight and quantity of oil.

ii. Sectional views showing the general constructional features of the VT.


iv Type test certificates for similar VT.



approval.



ii Foundation plans, weights of various components, static load.

iii Secondary terminal details.

iv Complete technical literature.


withstand voltages, creepage distance, permissible safe cantilever

loading.


vii Operation and maintenance manuals.

viii Routine and type test certificates.


1 IS 3156 part 1 to 4 Voltage transformers specifications

2 IS 2099 Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000

volts

3 IS 4146 Application guide for voltage transformers




4 IS 335 New insulating oils

5 IS 2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures

for low voltage switchgear and control gear.

6 IS 2071 part 1 and 2 Method of high voltage testing

7 IS 11322 Method of partial discharge measurement

in instrument transformers


6.00 LIGHTNING ARRESTERS

6.1 Rating

Lighting arresters shall conform to the detailed technical specifications given

below.

1. Type Zinc oxide gap less

type



4. No. of Poles 3





1.2/50 micro-sec impulse withstand voltage

170 kV peak

9. System neutral earthing Non effectively

earthed

17.5 KA for 1sec.




10. System fault level 40 kA for 1 sec.

11. Nominal discharge current 10 kA peak

12. Line discharge class 2


a) Between phases

b) Between live part and earth

c) Ground clearance

d) Section clearance

320 mm

320 mm

3700 mm

3000 mm

14. Creepage distance for ckt. breaker housing 900 mm


1 Lightning arrester shall be gap type with low power loss under normal

operating conditions high energy handling capacity and high reliability.

2 Lightning arrester shall be hermetically sealed type and shall be of self

supporting construction. The arrester shall have adequate thermal discharge

capacity for severe switching surges, long duration surges and multiple

strokes. The lightning arrester shall be explosion-proof.

3 The insulator housing shall be of porcelain. Porcelain used for the

manufacture of insulators shall be homogeneous, free from flaws or

imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric properties. They

shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture. The glazing

of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour, free from blisters, burns

and other similar defects.

4 Arrester shall be designed to withstand seismic acceleration and wind

pressure specified.

5 Arrester shall be suitable for hot line washing.

6 All metal parts shall be of non-rusting and non-corroding metal. Bolts,

screws and pins shall be provided with lock washers, keys or equivalent

locking facilities. All similar parts, particularly removable ones, shall be

interchangeable.




7 Arresters shall be capable of discharging over-voltages occurring during

switching of unloaded transformers and long lines.

8 Arresters shall be capable of spark over on frequent switching surges.

6.3 Accessories

1 Arresters shall be provided with insulating bases.

2 Discharge counter with degree of protection IP 55 and requiring no auxiliary

supply or battery shall be provided for each single unit. The discharge

counter shall be visible through an inspection window. The surge counter

terminals shall be robust and shall be so located that incoming and outgoing

connections are made with minimum possible bends. Suitably sized bypass

shunts of copper to facilitate bypassing of the discharge counter shall be

provided.

3 The connecting conductor from lighting arrester earth terminal to the

discharge counter incoming terminal shall be insulated for a minimum of 4

kV and this insulated shall be supplied with the arrester.

4 A leakage current detector as an integral part of the discharge counter shall

be supplied. The detector shall be so arranged that it shall be possible to

read the leakage current values from ground level. The maximum value of

leakage current beyond which the operation is abnormal shall be clearly

marked in red color on the detector.

5 GI supporting structure


7 Foundation bolts

6.4 Terminals

Arresters shall be complete with line and earth terminals. The terminal

clamps/connectors on the earth terminal of the arrester and the discharge

counter incoming and outgoing terminals shall also be provided.




6.6 TESTS

6.6.1 TYPE TESTS





6.6.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

a) Residual voltage tests

b) Partial discharge tests

c) Measurement of reference voltage.





a) Insulation resistance

b) Noting discharge counter reading







i Complete assembly drawing of the arrester showing plan, elevation and

sectional view, dimensions and weight.

ii Details of discharge counter terminal ends.

iii Description of the arrester giving silent features to make the arrester

explosion - proof, anti - contamination feature etc.

iv Volts/time characteristic of the arrester.

v Type test certificates for similar arrester.

vi Foundation plan.


Following documents shall be submitted after of award of contract for

approval.

i Complete assembly drawing of the arrester showing plan, elevation and

sectional view, , dimensions and weight.

ii Details of discharge counter, terminal ends.

iii Description of the arrester giving silent features to make the arrester

explosion - proof, anti - contamination feature etc.

iv Complete details of bushing including make, weight, dimensions,


loading.

v Volts/time characteristic of the arrester.

vi Routine and type test certificates.

vii Foundation plan.

viii Operation and maintenance manuals.





1 IEC 99 Lightning Arrester

2 IS 2099 Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000

volts.

3 IS 2544 Insulators

4 IS 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip

galvanizing.

5 IS 3070 Lightning Arrester

6 IS 4004 Application guide for surge arresters with

series gap and non-liner resistors for systems


7.00 TENSION, SUSPENSION, BUS POST, INSULATORS AND HARDWARE

7.1 Tension and Suspension Insulator Strings


2. Maximum voltage 36 kV

3. No. of disc insulators in a string 4

4. Weight 1 min power frequency withstand voltage 75 kV rms

5. Impulse withstand voltage 170 kV peak

6. Total creepage distance 900 mm

7. Electromechanical strength 7000 kgf

8. Disc details

a) Rated voltage of the disc

b) Power frequency flash over voltage

11 kV




Dry

Wet

c) Impulse flash over voltage

Positive 1.2/50 microsec.

Negative 1.2/50 microsec.

d) Withstand voltage

Wet 1 min power frequency

Dry 1 min power frequency

Positive/Negative impulse 1.2/50 microsec

e) Power frequency puncture voltage

80 kV rms

50 kV rms

125 kV peak

130 kV peak

70 kV rms

40 kV rms

110 kV peak

120 kV rms

7.2 Bus post insulators

Rated voltage 33 kV rms

2. Maximum system voltage 36 kV rms

3. Bending strength

Upright

Inverted

3180 kgf

1635 kgf

4. Tensile strength 9100 kgf

5. Compression strength 12240 kgf

6. Torsonal strength 460 kgf

7. Power frequency flash over voltage

Dry

Weight

145 kV rms

95 kV rms

8. Withstand voltage

Wet 1 min power frequency

Dry 1 min power frequency

75 kV rms

75 kV rms




Positive\Negetive impulse 1.2/50 micro

sec.

170 kV peak

9. Power frequency puncture voltage 250 kV rms

10. Visible Discharge test 27 kV rms

11. Total creepage distance 900 mm


1 The porcelain shall be sound, free from defects, thoroughly vitrified and

smoothly glazed. The insulator shall have glazed with good luster of uniform

brown colour. The glaze shall be unaffected by sudden changes in

temperature and atmospheric pollution.

2 Each insulator shall be legible and indelibly marked to show the following :

i Name of trade mark on the manufacturer

ii Month and year of manufacturer

iii Minimum failing load in Newtons

iv Country of manufacture

3 All metal parts shall be made of good commercial grade malleable iron, hot

dip galvanized as per relevant IS standard. Casting shall be free from blow

holes, cracks and such other defects.

4 The tension and suspension strings shall be ball and socket type. The locking

pipe shall be made of phosphor bronze and shall provide positive locking of

the coupling.

5 Except where otherwise specified, all hardware shall be drop forged from

high carbon steel.

6 All ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanized.

7 All clevis fittings and shackles shall be furnished with a high strength high

carbon steel galvanized bolt with nut and cotter key.

8 Locking and split pins shall be of hard drawn brass, bronze or stainless steel.

9 All castings shall be free from blow holes, cracks and other casting defects.




10 All current carrying parts shall be designed and manufactured to have

minimum contact resistance.

11 All fittings shall be such that corona visual voltage of the insulator string

with fittings shall exceed that of the string without any fittings. The radio

influences voltage of the insulator string shall be lower when measured with

the fittings than without the fittings.

12 Minimum breaking strength of insulator hardware shall not be less that of

insulator connecting string.




i Complete assembly drawing of the insulators of each type showing

dimensions and weight.

ii Type test certificates for similar insulators.



approval.

i Complete assembly drawing of the insulator showing plan, elevation and

sectional view, dimensions and weight.

ii Foundation plan.

iii Complete technical such as make, weight, withstand voltage, creepage

distance, and permissible safe cantilever loading.

iv Routine and type test certificates.

7.5 SPARES


the switchyards.




INSULATOR

Sr.No. Description

Set of tension insulator string

complete with all hardware

1


INSULATORS

1 IS 731 Specification for porcelain insulators for

over head power lines with a nominal

voltage greater than 1000 V

2 IS 2486 Metal fittings of insulators for over head

power lines with a nominal voltage greater

than 1000 V

3 IS 2544 Porcelain post insulators for systems with

nominal voltages greater than 1000 V.

4 IS 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip

galvanizing.


8.00 CLAMPS AND CONNECTORS

8.1 Rating details

Rated voltage 33 kV


3. Rated current 200 A

4. Maximum temperature for ambient of 40°C 85°C




8.2 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

1 Material of construction

The clamps and connectors shall be made of materials listed below.

For connecting ACSR conductor Aluminium alloy casting

For connecting equipment terminals

made of copper or brass to ACSR

conductor

Bimetallic connectors made from

aluminium alloy casting with 4 mm

thick cast copper alloy liner.

b) For connecting GI shield wire Malleable iron casting

c) Bolts, nuts, plan washers, spring

washers

Hot dip galvanized mild steel of

ultimate strength

d) Composition for copper alloy liner

Zinc :2 to 3 %

Lead : 2 to 2.5 %

Tin : 0.6 to 1.5 %

Iron : 0.5 to 1.0 %

Copper : 92 to 94 %

Impurities shall not exceed following

limit

Nickel : 0.03 %

Antimony : 0.03 %

Manganese : 0.04 %

Silicon : 0.04 %

Phosphorous : 0.04 %

2 All castings shall be free from blow holes, surface blisters, cracks and

cavities.

3 All sharp edges and corners shall be rounded off.

4 No part of a clamp or connector shall be less than 10 mm thick.

5 Bolts and nuts shall have hexagonal heads and threads shall be as per

applicable standards.

6 For Bimetallic clamps or connectors, copper alloy liner of minimum 4 mm

thickness shall be cast integral with the aluminium alloy body.




7 Flexible connectors, braids or laminated straps shall be made from tinned

copper sheets or aluminium laminates depending upon the clamp.

8 Size of the terminal/conductor for which the clamp is suitable shall be

embossed/punched on each component of the clamp/connector except the

hardware.

9 Contact pass shall be used on all contact surfaces during installation of non

tensile, rigid and flexible connectors. Contact parts shall effectively prevent

corrosion occurring on the contact surfaces between aluminium and copper.

10 Contacts pass shall not decay, evaporated, harden or crack under service

conditions.

11 The clamp shall be light in weight and easy to handle. Suspension clamp

shall have ease of oscillation around horizontal axis and small moment of

inertia enabling it to follow freely the movement of conductor.

12 Clamps shall be “corona” free.

8.3 DESIGN FEATURES

1 Bolted type connector shall be designed to withstand normal assembly

stresses without suffering permanent deformation.

2 Connectors shall be designed to withstand stresses in service due to wind,

vibrations, fluctuations in temperature and short circuit forces.

3 Connector design shall be such that tensile, bending and wrenching stresses

transmitted to the equipment terminals are minimum.

4 Parts of current connectors which are in direct contact with conductors shall

be designed such that the galvanic corrosion in the contact surface does not

occur.

5 Current carrying connectors shall be designed such that the histeresis and

eddy current losses are small.

6 The shape of current carrying connectors shall be such that water

accumulation is eliminated. If this is not possible the connector shall be

provided with drainage holes of at least 6 mm.




7 The clamps and connectors shall be properly designed to eliminate partial

discharges, hysteresis and eddy current losses and heating.

8.4 TESTS

8.4.1 TYPE TESTS





8.4.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

a) Design and visual checks.

b) Dimensional checks.

8.5 DRAWING / DATA TO BE FURNISHED (Clamps and connectors)

a) Documents to be furnished after award of contract.


approval.

i Detailed dimensional drawing giving weight, rating.

ii Bill of material including bolts, nuts, washers, material of construction

etc.




iii Type and routine tests certificates.

b) Documents to be furnished after award of contract:


approval

i) Switchyard layout plan and sections showing arrangement of equipment.

ii) Bill of material of entire switchyard including clamps, connector.

iii) Interlocking schemes.

iv) Cable trench layouts.

v) Cable schedule for power, control and DC supply.

vi) Earthing drawings.

vii) Control room layout.

viii) Catalogues of cables including technical literature, sizes etc.

ix) Cable tray dimensional drawings and bill of material.

x) Tower and structure fabrication drawings with design calculation.

xi) Foundation plan for switchyard.


CLAMPS AND CONNECTORS

1 IS 2466 Metal fittings of insulators for overhead power lines

with nominal voltage greater than 1000 volts.

2 IS 212 Conductors and earth wire accessories for overhead

power lines

3 IS 5062 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars rods,

tubes and sections for electrical purposes.





9.00 CONTROL AND RELAY PANELS


1 Panels/Desks shall be completely metal enclosed, free standing floor

mounting type and shall be dust, moisture and vermin proof. The

Panel/Desk enclosures shall provide a degree of protection not less than

IP 52.

2 Panels/Desks shall be fabricated of cold rolled sheet steel of thickness nor

less than 3 mm for front and rear equipment bearing surfaces and 2.5 mm

for sides, top and bottom portions. The panels shall be free from

undulations, dents and flaws and sufficiently re-inforced to provide level

surfaces.

3 The perimeter of all doors, removable cover plates shall be gasketed all

round with neoprene gaskets. Ventilating louvers are considered

undesirable, however, if provided, shall have fine brass or GI mesh screens.

All doors shall be provided with concealed type hinges.

4 Metal frame in the form of metal channels, properly drilled shall be

furnished along with anchor bolts and necessary hardware for mounting the

Panels/Desks. Hardware shall be zinc plated and passivated. These shall be

dispatched in advance so that they may be installed and leveled when

concrete foundations are poured. Panels/Desks shall have additional rolled

channel plinth at the bottom with smooth bearing surface.

5 Cable entries to Panels/Desks shall be from the bottom. The bottom plates

of the Panels/Desks shall be fitted with removable gland plates of adequate

size for fixing the cable glands.

6 The panel shall be simplex type. The panel shall consist of a vertical front

panel with equipment mounted there on and having wiring access from the

rear. It shall have double leaf door with lift off hinges at the back. Doors

shall have handles with built-in lock-in facility.




9.2 PAINTING

1 Pre-treatment of all sheet steelwork, including de-greasing, rust/scale

removal, phosphating and oven drying shall be carried out as per applicable

standard.

2 The phosphate coating shall be sealed by the application of two coats of

ready mixed, stoving type zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be ‘flash

dried’, while the second coat shall be stoved.

3 After application of the primer two coats of finishing synthetic, enamel paint

shall be applied, each coat followed by stoving. The second finishing coat

shall be applied after completion of tests. The colour of the finishing paint

shall be shade 631 as per IS 5.

4 The final finished thickness of paint film on steel shall be 100 microns.

5 A small quantity of finishing paint shall be supplied for minor touching up

required at site after the installation of the Panels/Desks.

9.3 MOUNTING

1 All equipment on the front of Panels/Desks shall be mounted flush or semi-

flush in case of semi-flush mounting, only flange or bezel shall be visible

from the front.

2 The centre line of switches, pushbuttons and indicating lamps shall be not

less than 750 mm from the bottom of the panel. The centre line of Relays,

meters and records shall be not less than 450 mm from the bottom of the

panel.

3 Indicating instruments and meters shall be a suitable height so that the

lettering on the dials can be easily read. Control switches pushbuttons and

relay re-setting knobs shall be conveniently located for ease of operation.

The complete layout give a neat uniform appearance.

4 No equipment shall be mounted on the doors, unless specifically required

for display/operation.




9.4 MIMIC DIAGRAMS

1 Mimic diagrams shall be provided on panels. Complete 33 KV systems shall

be shown on the mimic.

2 The mimic strips shall be screwed on to the Panels/Desks and shall be made

of anodized alluminium or plastic of approved fast colour material which can

be easily cleaned. The colours of the various voltages of the minimum bus

shall be subject to the PURCHASER’S approval. The width of the mimic strip

shall not be less than 7mm.

3 The semaphore indicators for isolators shall be so mounted in the mimic

that the isolator closed position shall complete the continuity of the mimic.

Similarly when control switches of the stay-put type are mounted in the

mimic, the ‘close’ position of the switch shall complete the mimic.

9.5 ANNUNCIATORS

1 The annunciators (visual and audible type) provided on the panels shall be

suitable for 110/220 V DC for all stages.

2 Annunciators shall be of facia type with 45 x 45 mm (minimum) translucent

plastic window for alarm point. Annunciators facia plated shall be engraved

in block lettering with respective alarm inscriptions. Alarm inscriptions shall

be engraved on each window in not more than three lines and size of the

lettering shall not be less than 3 mm. The inscriptions shall be visible only

when the respective light is lighted.

3 Each annunciation window shall be provided with bright LEDs.

4 The annunciators shall be suitable for operation with normally open fault

contacts (self or hand reset) which close on a fault. It shall be possible at site

to change annunciators from ‘open to fault’ to ‘close to fault’ and vice-versa.

5 ‘Sound cancel’, ‘Acknowledge’ and ‘Reset’ lamp test pushbuttons shall be

provided. The annunciation system shall be provided with ‘First-up’ facility

to discriminate the first fault. The hooter shall be used for ‘First-up’ and trip

alarm points and buzzer for non-trip alarm points.

6 Annunciators shall have following features




a) Suitable for annunciation subsequent faults immediately after the sound

cancel of the previous fault.

b) During lamp test, if a fault occurs, the corresponding lamp circuit shall be

automatically disconnected from the ‘lamp-test’ circuit and shall start

flashing.

c) So designed to prevent mal-operation of the scheme or sequence when

the pushbuttons are pressed incorrectly or in the wrong order.

7 Following faults shall displayed on the annunciators. The relays to be

provided are indicated on the single line diagram.

Transformer protection panel

a) Over current relay operated

b) Earth fault relay operated

c) Provision of Differential Protection if applicable

d) Spare 2 nos.

9.6 PANEL WIRING

1 Panels shall be supplied completely wired internally to equipment and

terminal blocks.

2 All wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, single core, and stranded

copper conductor wires with PVC insulation and shall be flame, vermin and

rodent proof. The minimum size of the stranded copper conductor used

panel wiring shall be as follows.

a) All circuits except CT circuits : 1.5 mm2 per lead.

b) CT circuit : 2.5 mm2 per lead

The minimum number of strands shall be seven.

3 Panel wiring shall be securely supported, neatly installed by facing and tying

readily accessible and connected to equipment terminals and terminal

blocks.

4 Longitudinal troughs extending throughout full length of the panels shall be

provided for inter panel wiring, for AC and DC supplies, PT circuits,




annunciators circuits and other common services, interconnections to other

panels shall be brought out to a separate set of terminal blocks.

5 Wire terminations shall be made with solder less crimping type tinned

copper lugs, which firmly grip the conductor and insulation. Insulated

sleeves shall be provided at all the wire terminations. Engraved core

identification plastic ferrule, marked to correspond with panel wiring

diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall fit tightly on

the wires and shall not when the wire is disconnected.

9.7 TERMINAL BLOCKS

1 Terminal blocks shall be 1100 V grade, 10 Amps rated, one piece moulded,

complete with insulated barriers, stud type terminals, washers, nuts and

identification strips. Markings on the terminal strip shall correspond to wire

numbers on the wiring diagrams.

2 Protective covers of transparent plastic for placing over the live parts of the

terminal blocks shall be provided.

3 Terminal blocks for CT and VT secondary leads shall be provided with test

links and isolating facilities. Also CT secondary leads shall be provided with

short circuiting and earthing facilities.

4 There shall be a minimum clearance of 250 mm between the first row of

terminal blocks and the associated cable gland plate. Also the clearance

between the two rows of terminal blocks shall be a minimum of 150 mm.

9.8 INDICATING INSTRUMENTS

1 Unless otherwise specified, all electrical indicating instruments shall be 96

mm2. They shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting with only flanges

projecting on vertical panels.

2 Instrument dials shall be white with black numerals and lettering.

3 Instruments shall have accuracy class of 1.5 or better.

9.9 METERING INSTRUMENTS

1 Watt-hour and VAR-hour meters shall be of the three phase two-element

type of accuracy class 1. Suitable for measurement of unbalanced loads in

three phase, four wire circuit. They shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting




on vertical panels with only flanges projecting outside with back connected

terminals.

2 Watt-hour and VAR-hour meters shall be provided with test blocks. They

shall be provided for the testing of meters without disturbing the CT and VT

secondary connections.

3 Meters shall read MWh, MVARh as the case may be without the use of

additional multiplying factors. Multiplying factors, if unavoidable shall be

multiples of 10 (ten). Number of digits provided shall be adequate to cover

at least 1000 hrs. of operations.

4 Maximum Demand indicators shall have 240° scale and accuracy class of

1.0. The demand period for the Maximum Demand indicators shall be 30

minutes and necessary timing units shall be included.

9.10 RELAYS

1 All protective Relays shall be numerical

2 All IDMT ralays shall be 1.3 sec. self powered type.

3 Relay shall have operation indicator (LED/FLAG).

4 Manual reset type high speed tripping relays shall be provided for each

breaker.

5 Each breaker shall have trip circuit supervision relay for both open and

closed conditions.

6 1 No. DC circuit supervision relay shall be provided common for all panels.

9.11 CONTROL SWITCHES

1 Control and instruments switches shall be rotary type and provided with

plates clearly marked to show operating position and suitable for semi-flush

mounting with only the switch front plate and operating handle projecting

out. The connections shall be from the back. The contact assembly at the

back of the switch shall be enclosed in dust tight removable covers.

2 Discrepancy switches for circuit breakers and isolator shall be provided.

3 Instrument selector shall be of the maintained (stay-put) type. Ammeter

selector switches shall have make-before- break type contacts.




9.12 INDICATING LAMPS

1 The indicating lamps shall be LED, low loss types. Different colours LEDs shall

be provided for different indications.

2 Following indications lamps shall be provided in each panel

a) CB On, Off, Trip

b) CB spring charged

c) AC control supply On

d) DC control supply On.

9.13 POSITION INDICATORS

Position indicators of ‘semaphore’ type shall be provided as part of the

mimic busbars on panels for automatic indication of the position of circuit

breaker, isolating switches etc. The indicator shall be suitable for semi-flush

mounting with only the front disc projecting out and with terminal

connections from the rear. Position indicator shall be rated for 240 V AC.

9.14 PUSH BUTTONS

Push buttons shall be momentary contact type with rear terminal

connections. The colour of the push button actuator shall be red for ‘STOP’

and green for ‘OPEN/CLOSE/START’. The push button knob shall be suitable

shrouded to prevent inadvertent operation. The push button shall be

provided with integral incription plates engraved with their designation.

9.15 SPACE HEATER

1 Strip type space heaters of adequate capacity shall be provided inside each

panel to prevent moisture condensation on the wiring and panel mounted

equipment when the panel is not in operation. Space heaters shall be rated

for 230 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz supply. Heaters inside the panel shall not be

mounted close to the wiring or any panel mounted equipment. Also,

accidental contacts with heaters by operators shall not be possible. Heaters

shall be provided with miniature circuit breakers.

2 A thermostat shall be provided in the heater control circuit to cut-off the

heater at 45° C.




9.16 INTERIOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLES

1 Each panel shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture rated for 230

V. 1 phase, 50 Hz supply for the interior illumination of the panel during

maintenance. The fitting shall be complete with MCB and the respective

door switch shall control the switching of the fitting.

2 Each panel shall be provided with 230 V, 1 Phase, 50 Hz, 5 A, 3 Pin

receptacle with switch. The receptacle with switch shall be mounted inside

the panel at a convenient location.

9.17 POWER AND CONTROL SUPPLIES

1 Each control panel shall be provided with necessary arrangement for

receiving, distributing, and isolating of DC and AC supplies for various

control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub-

circuit shall be separately provided with switch-fuse units. Supply

monitoring arrangement shall be provided. Fuses shall be protecting

potential circuit for relaying and metering.

2 If auxiliary voltages other than those specified are required, then necessary

arrangement shall be made by the tenderer within the panel to obtain the

desired voltages by providing step-down transformers and

inverter/converter etc.

3 All fuses shall be HRC cartridge type conforming to relevant standards

mounted on plug-in type fuse bases. All accessible live connection to fuse

bases shall be adequately shrouded. Fuses shall have operation indicators

for indicating blown fuse condition. Fuse carrier base shall have imprints of

the fuse rating and voltage.

9.18 LABELS

1 All front mounted equipment as well as equipment mounted inside the

panels shall be provided individual labels with equipment designation

engraved. The labels shall be mounted directly below the respective

equipment. Also, the panel shall be provided at the top with a label

engraved with panel designation.




2 All front mounted equipment shall be also provided at the rear with

individual labels engraved with tag numbers corresponding to the once

shown in the panel internal wiring to facilitate easy tracing of the wiring. The

equipment wiring shall not hide these labels, mounted directly by the side of

the respective equipment.

3 Labels shall be made of non-rusting metal or 3-ply lamicoid. Labels shall

have white letters on black or dark blue background. The lettering size shall

be 10 mm for panel designation and minimum 5 mm for device labels. The

label designations shall be subject to the Purchaser’s approval.

9.19 EARTHING

1 All panels shall be equipped with an earth bus securely fixed along the inside

of the panels. The size of the earth bus shall be 25 x 6 mm GI. When several

panels are mounted adjoining each other, the earth bus shall be made

continuous and necessary connectors and clamps for this purpose shall be

included in the scope of supply of the VANDOR. Provision shall be made for

extending the earth busbars to future adjoining panels on either side.

2 All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted

equipment shall be connected to the earth bus by independent copper wires

not less than 2.5 mm2. Earthing wire shall be connected on terminals with

suitable lamp connectors and soldering shall not be permitted.

3 Looping of earth connections, which would result in loss of earth connection

to other devices when the loop is broken, shall not permitted.

4 VT and CT secondary neutral or common lead shall be earthed at one place

only at the terminal blocks where they enter the panel. Such earthing shall

be made through links so that earthing may be removed from one group

without disturbing continuity of earthing system for other groups.

5 A separate earthing point shall be provided in the panel for cable screens of

static equipment




9.20 TESTS

9.20.1 TYPE TESTS





9.20.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

a) Checks on physical damage, name plate details, tightness of bolts and

earthing connections.

b) Each wire shall be traced for continuity as per approved control wiring

diagrams.

c) Checks on meters for proper functioning.

d) Calibration of relays by secondary injection.

e) A setting of relay, other alarms, tripping devices and interlocks as per

schemes.

f) Functional checking of all control circuit (tripping, control, interlocks,

alarms )

g) Check minimum pick up voltage of DC coils.










b) Each wire shall be traced for continuity as per approved controlled

wiring diagrams.

c) Checks on meters on proper functioning.

d) Calibration of relays by secondary injection.

e) Setting of relays, other alarms, tripping devices and interlocks as per

schemes.

f) Functional checking of all control circuit (tripping,control, interlocks,

alarms ).

g) Check minimum pick up voltage of DC coils.




i Panel GA drawing showing dimensions, plan, front view, foundation

details.

ii Descriptive and illustrative literature of the relays, timers, instruments,

meters, annunciators, control switches, push buttons, ILPBS, static

components etc.-

b) Documents to be furnished after award of contract


i Panel GA drawing showing dimensions, plan, front view, foundation

details.

ii Control wiring drawings, AC and DC distribution schemes.




iii Descriptive and illustrative literature of the relays, timers, instruments,

meters, annunciators, control switches, push buttons, ILPBS, static

components etc.

iv Bill of material including relays, auxiliary relays, meters, lamps push

buttons, annunciators etc.

v Termination diagrams.

9.23 SPARES


the switchyards.

Sr.

No.

Description Qty

1 Push buttons 10

2 Annunciation facia windows 10

3 Bulbs for indication lamp 10

4 Colour lamp of various colours 10 of each

colour

5 HRC fuses 10 of each

rating

6 MCBS 10 of each

rating

7 Links 5

8 Discrepancy Control Switch 1


1 IS 375 Marking arrangement for switchgear bus bars, main

connections and auxiliary winding




2 IS 722 Energy meter

3 IS 1245 Direct acting indicating analog electrical measurement

instruments and their accessories

4 IS 2706 Current transformers

5 IS 3231 Electrical relays for power system protection

6 IS 2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosure for

switchgear

7 IS 2208 HRC fuses

8 IS 3156 Voltage transformers

9 IS 4794 Push buttons

10 IS 6006 Code of practice for phosphating of iron and steel

11 IS 6876 Control switches for control and auxiliary circuits for

voltages up to and including 1000 volts AC and 1200

volts DC

12 IS 8236

PART 1,2

Switchgear and control gear assemblies

13 IS 9224 Fuses

10.0 NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR (If Applicable)

10.1 RATING

The Neutral Grouping Grounding Register shall conform to the detailed

technical specifications given below.

Type Stain steel grid

2. Ohmic valve 23 ohm

3. Tolerance ± 10 %




4. Continuous current rating 45 A

5. Voltage rating 6.6 kV

6. Short time current rating 225 A for 30 sec.

7. Maximum temperature rise above

ambient temperature not to exceed

during short time rating

490°C

8. Maximum temperature rise above

ambient temperature not to exceed

during short time rating

370°C


10. Terminal connector

Incoming to resistor

Outgoing from resistor

10 x 150 mm2, UE,

armoured

50 x 6 mm GI


1 The resistor elements shall be stainless steel grid.

2 The grid shall be securely supported at sufficient number of points so that

no damage is caused to the grids due to vibrations and no mechanical

stresses are developed. The resistor element shall be insulated from

supporting bars by mica tubes. The insulation material used in the

construction shall withstand temperature rise for both continuous and short

time rating.

3 The sections of neutral grounding resistor shall be stacked one above the

other.

4 The grid resistor elements shall be enclosed in a tank type enclosure with

top side inclined to avoid accumulation of rain water. The frame shall be of

welded construction, fabricated from steel angels. The frame shall be fitted




with aluminum covers of 2.5 mm thick on all sides, top and bottom. The

enclosure shall be completely weather proof and shall have degree of

protection PI 55. The steel frame shall be painted with epoxy paint.

5 Cap and pin type insulators shall be provided for supporting the enclosure

and shall be isolated it from ground.

6 Screened GI enclosure shall be provided around the NGR enclosure. The

screen shall be bolted to the ground and shall be removable type for

maintenance.

7 All incoming and outgoing connections shall be insulated from the earth and

body of the NGR. Non-corrodible clamp type terminals shall be provided for

connecting to earthing grid.

10.3 TESTS

10.3.1 TYPE TESTS





10.3.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

a) High voltage withstand test.




b) Ohmic value test

c) Heat run test on part of resistor for both short time and continuous

ratings.

d) Measurement of temperature by thermocouples.

11.0 GALVANIZED STEEL STRUCTURES

1 Support structures for all equipment shall be made up of hot dip galvanized

steel.

2 Concrete plinth of 300 mm above finished ground level shall be provided by

PURCHASER. The supplier shall fix the structures on foundation. All the

necessary hardware such as foundation bolts, nuts, washers shall be

provided by the supplier.

3 The supports structure shall be lattice type. Wheel mounted structures are

not acceptable.

4 The height of support structure shall be such that the ground clearance 3700

mm is maintained for 33 kV

5 The factors to be considered for design of support structure are :

Dead weight of equipment

Impact loading during switching ON/OFF

Wind load

Short circuit forces

Factor of safety (minimum 2.5)

6 The towers shall be made of galvanized steel and shall have lattice type

structure.

7 The factors to be considered to design of support structures are :

Dead weight conductor and other associated hardware

Conductor tension

Wind load

Short circuit forces




Factor of safety (minimum 2.5)

8 Supplier shall submit detailed calculations for designed of steel structures

for approval.

12.0 ACSR MINK CONDUCTOR AND SHIELD WIRE

1 All equipment connections shall be done using MINK of size 6/1-3.66 mm

ACSR conductor.

2 7/8 mm GI shield wire shall be provided for lighting protection of switch

yard.

The ACSR conductors to be used shall conform the specific technical

requirement as mentioned below.

Sr.

No.

Particulars Unit Details of

conductor

1 Name of ACSR conductor mm MINK

2 Wire diameter (a) Alluminium NO 6/3.66

3 Conductors per phase mm 1/3.66

5 Nominal Alluminium area Sq. mm. 62.32

6 Total conductor area Ohm/km 73.65

7 Calculated resistance at 20 Deg.

(max.) for conductor

Kg .4565

8 Approx. calculated breaking load Kg/Sq.mm 2207

9 Modulus of elasticity deg. 809

10 Coefficient of liner expansion mm 18.99 x 10-6

11 Overall diameter Kg/Km 10.98

13 I.S. code for erection of conductor -- IS. 5613 of 1970




14 I.S. code for Elect. and Mech.

characteristic of conductor.

IS 398 of 1961

Testing of conductor – Testing shall be done as per IS No. 802 or latest

addition thereof.

13.0 MARSHALLING BOXES

1 Marshalling boxes of adequate sizes shall be provided for bays.

2 The marshalling boxes shall be made of 14 SWG sheet steel and shall be dust

tight and weather proof. The degree of protection shall be IP 55. The gland

plate shall be removable type.

3 Door shall be hinged type. Additional canopy shall be provided for the box.

4 The wiring inside marshalling box shall be done neatly in PVC channels.

Proper ferrules shall be provided as per schematic diagram.

5 The cables from equipment shall be terminated on Elmex type cable

terminations. Al least 20% spare terminals shall be provided inside the box.

6 The paint shall be epoxy based and colour 631 of IS 5.

14.0 CABLES

1 415 V power control and DC cables shall be 1.1 kV grade, PVC insulated, PVC

inner sheathed armoured, stranded copper conductor, PVC outer sheathed

type.

2 Minimum size of copper conductor for power (AC/DC) shall be 4 mm2 and

control 1.5 mm2. CT wiring shall be by 4 mm

2 copper conductor.

3 The size of cable shall be selected based on actual load currents such that

the voltage drop is limited to 2.5% and de-rating factor of 0.6

4 The cable glands shall be of single compression brass type and lugs tinned

copper type. Brass glands shall be cadmium-nickel plated passivated.




14.1 TESTS

14.1.1 TYPE TESTS





14.1.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

Following routine tests shall be carried out on every length of cable

manufactured.

i) Conductor resistance tests.

ii) Partial discharge tests.

iii) High voltage tests.

iv) FRLS test.

The list of stated above are indicative purchaser reserves the right to ask the

tenderer to carry out more tests required by relevent I.S.S. without any

extra cost.




15.0 CABLE TRAYS

1 The tray for laying cables from control room to switchyard shall be of GI

perforated type.

2 Tray shall be fabricated from 14 SWG MS sheet steel. The perforations shall

be of 20 x 10 mm size which center to center distance of 40 mm horizontally

and 30 mm vertically. Tray shall have 50 mm edge. The length of such cable

tray section shall be 2.5 M.

3 The tray shall be fixed to the MS angle supports by nuts and bolts. The angle

supports the cable trays shall be at every 1.5 M spacing and shall be welded

to the vertical plate provided by Civil tenderer. The angle size shall be 65 x

65 x 6 mm.

15.1 TESTS

15.1.1 TYPE TESTS





15.1.2 ROUTINE TEST












cost.

Following tests shall be carried out as per relevant IS

a) Mass of Zinc

b) Preece test

c) Adhesion test

d) Zinc coating




16.0 EARTHING

1 The tenderer will have to provide earth mat of MS flats embedded in the

switchyard including earth risers in the vicinity of the foundation within a

radius of 2 m. The supplier shall connect all equipment of the earth mat by 2

earth leads. All steel structure shall be connected to the earthing grid.

Noncurrent carrying metallic cases of all electrical equipment shall be

earthed as per BIS 3043.

2 Following sizes of earthing conductors shall be used.

a) All 33 KV equipment - 50 x 6 mm GI

b) Marshalling boxes - 25 x 6 mm GI

c) Control panel - 25 x 6 mm GI

d) Steel structure - 50 x 6 mm GI

e) Lighting conductor (shield wire) down corner - 25 x 6 mm GI

17.0 OTHER APPLICABLE STANDARDS

1 IS 802 part 1 to 3 Use of structural steel in over head

transmission line towers

2 IS 2121 Conductors and earth wire accessories for

over head power lines

3 IS 2309 Code of practice for protection of buildings

and allied structure against lightning

4 IS 3043 Code of practice for earthing

5 IEEE 32 Neutral grounding resistor

18.0 XLPE POWER CABLES.

18.1 11 KV (E), 3 C x 70 , 1.1 KV 3½ C x 35 SQ.MM ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR, XLPE

INSULATED ARMOURED POWER CABLES.

The scope of work covered under this specification shall comprise of the

following :-




Design, manufacture, test before dispatch, proper packing, delivery of project

site including loading at works, transport by road upto site unloading at site,

insurance till putting into commercial use of 33 KV (E), 3 C x 70 sq. mm, 3 C x 50

sq. mm, and 1.1 KV 3½ C x 35 mm2 XLPE insulated, armoured power cables.

It is not the intent to completely specify details of the design and manufacture

of the cable, however the cable shall conform in all respect to high standard of

engineering design and workmanship. It shall be capable of performing

continuos commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the purchaser who

will interpret the meanings of drawings and specifications and shall have power

to reject any work or material which, in his judgment is not in accordance with

desired standards. The cable offered shall be complete with all components

necessary for their effective and trouble free operation. Such

accessories/components shall be deemed to be within the supplier’s scope of

supply irrespective of whether these are specifically brought out in his

specifications or not.

18.2 SUPPLY OF CABLE

The cables to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for

satisfactory continuous operation under the following conditions.

i) Maximum ambient temperature 45° C

ii) Minimum ambient temperature 15° C

iii) Minimum yearly average temperature 27° C

iv) Relative humidity 100 % in any season

v) Maximum annual rainfall 796 mm

vi) Maximum wind pressure 117 Km/hrs

vii) Altitude above mean sea level

18.3 DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS :

The XLPE power cable shall conform to the specific technical requirements

mentioned below.

A) 11 KV (E) , XLPE, armoured, Aluminium conductor power cable.




Voltage grade 11 KV (E) grade ( Earthed system)

i

Impulse level 75 KVP

ii

No. of cores 3 Core for 70 Sq. mm

v

Normal area of conductor 3 Core x 70 Sq.mm, ,

Conductor Alluminium conductor complying with the

requirements specified in I.S.

i

Type of insulation Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE)

ii

Shielding Conductor shielding and insulation shielding

as per IS 7098

iii

Armoured or Unarmored Armoured.

i

Cables to be used in

earthed or unearthed

system

Earthed system

Type of armouring As per IS 7098

18.4 CONDUCTOR

The conductor shall be made from high electrical purity aluminum of circular

shape conductor construction and testing shall comply to latest IS.

18.5 INSULATION

High quality XLPE insulating compound of natural colour shall be used for

insulation, insulation shall be extrusion process and shall be chemically crossed




linked by continuous vulcanization process. The cable shall be manufactured

with dry core system. This shall comply to latest IS.

18.6 SHIELDING:

The XLPE cable shall be provided with both conductor shielding and insulating

shielding. Both conductor and insulation shielding shall consist extruded

semiconductor compound. Additional insulation shall be provided with

semiconductor tape and non magnetic tape screen over the extruded insulation

conductor shielding XLPE insulation and insulation shielding shall be extruded in

one operation by a special process ensuring perfect bonding of inner and outer

shielding with insulation.

18.7 OUTER SHEATH

i) A tough outer sheath of heat resisting PVC compound shall be extruded

over the non-magnetic metallic part of insulation screening. This shall

conform to latest IS. The outer sheath shall be embossed with the name

of manufacture, voltage grade and year of manufacturer after every

1000 mm along the length of cable.

ii) The outer sheath of cable shall be provided with antirodent property.

iii) Outer sheath of the cable shall be marked with progressive length and

cable at one meter interval at the time of manufacturing.

iv) Outer sheath of the cable shall have fire retardant low smoke property (

i.e. FRLS) and shall be tested for IEC 332.3 category C.

18.8 CONDUCTOR JOINTS

It should be ensured that no conductor joint are allowed for entire length of

each drum.

18.9 PACKING AND MARKING

The packing of cable shall be in accordance with the manufacture’s standard

practice but acceptable to the insurance authorities. The inner or take off ends

of each cable shall be sealed and enclosed under a metallic cap for its protection

against diagram.




Care shall be taken that the drums are sufficiently strong for the protection of

cable during transit. The drum shall be securely battened.

The items of cable which are in less quantity should be supplied in one length on

the drum. After receipt of cable at site, purchaser will arrange to measure the

length on each drum by resistance method in presence of supplier’s

representative if it is within 1%, then supplier will be certified for correctness of

cable length on drum supplied.

18.10 TESTS :

Tests at manufacturer’s works :

a) Type Tests :

All cables offered, shall be fully type tested as per relevant standard. In

case, the cable of type and design offered are already type tested, the

purchaser reserves the right to demand the reception of the type tests

in the presence of purchaser’s representative without any extra cost. In

case, the cables are not type tested earlier, all the type tests as per

relevant standard shall be carried out by the successful tenderer in the

presence of purchaser’s representative without any extra cost.

b) Routine Tests

All the routine tests as per relevant IS shall be carried out at the

manufacturer’s works in the presence of representative of the

purchaser. An advance intimation of not less than 120 days shall be

given to the purchaser about the readiness of the cables for the

inspection and testing. Six copies of the test report/certificates shall be

furnished after the tests have been successfully completed.

No material shall be dispatched before the test certificates are approved

by the purchaser and the dispatched distance is issued. Approval to the

tests shall, however not absolve the supplier from the responsibility for

guaranteed performance of the cables.

Following routine tests have to be carried out on every length of cable

manufactured :

a) Conductor resistance tests.




b) Partial discharge tests ( on full drum length)

c) High voltage tests.

d) FRLS tests as per IEC-332-3 category C

The list of tests stated above are indicative. Purchaser shall reserve the

right to ask the supplier to carry out as much more tests as may requried

by relevant IS without any extra cost.

18.11 LAYING AND TERMINATION OF CABLE :-

A) LAYING OF CABLES :-

1) Successful tenderer has to study the cable route drawings finalized by

dept. before starting the work.

a) At Balancing reservoir substation XLPE, armoured, Aluminum

conductor power cable is laid as follows.

i) Cable 6.35/11 KV grade XLPE cable from transformer to

6.6 KV Incomer Panel.

ii) Cable 1.1 KV grade PVC Armoured cable from 33/0.433

KV, 63 KVA transformer to distribution panel in Pump

House for Auxiliaries..

2) Aluminum clamps with suitable nut bolts for laying of cable at one Mtr.

interval are to be provided for XLPE cable.

3) During laying of cable, rollers shall be used on angle racking wherever

necessary.

Sharp edges burrs of cable racking is to be removed before laying the

cables.

4) Length of cable mentioned in schedule is a set of one cable of in single

formation.

5) Contractor has to keep the bending radius more than 15 D ( D -

Diameter of cable) while laying the cables at curving points.




6) Overstraining of cables during unwinding and laying shall be strictly

avoided permissible tension in cable ( safe pulling force) - 5 Kg mm2 of

alunimium area.

B) TERMINATION

1) Heat shrinkable termination kit with tinned aluminum lugs Raychem or

equivalent make suitable for 3 c x 70 mm2, , 3½ C x 35 mm

2 armoured

XLPE power cable shall be provided and erected. The termination kit is

to be got approved from concern Engineer before it is used.

2) The detailed technical leaf lets/ litratures of termination kit should be

supplied along with tender.

C) TESTING

The following tests and any other test as required by relevant IS -1255 :

1967 or its latest edition shall be carried out for each cable length after

completion of termination work.

1) Testing of each cable length by 500 V/2.5 KV megger.

2) High potential test at site for each cable length.

3) Testing work should be carried out in presence of site Engineer /

authority.

The test reports should be submitted to department.

18.12 LIST OF STANDARDS :

The following Indian Standard specification in general with latest

amendment, if any shall be applicable.

Sr. No. Standards Title

1 IS 5831 Specification for PVC compound

2 IS 7098 Specification for cross linked Polyethylene

insulated PVC cables.

3 IS 8130-1984 Specification for conductor for insulation

electric cable and flexible chords.




4 IEC 332.3 FRLS test

5 IS 1700 - 1974 Steel sheet & strips ( Part - I,II,III)

6 IS 2629 -

1985

Recommended practice for hot deep

galvanizing of iron & steel.

7 IS 2633 -

1986

Method of testing uniformity of coating on zinc

coated articles.

8 IS 6159 -

1985

Recommended practice for design and

preparation of material prior to Galvanizing

19.0 L.T.POWER & CONTROL CABLES,

19.1 Scope covers design, manufacture, supply erection, testing & commissioning of

L.T power and control cables required for inter connection of whole the

equipments covered in this specification and their laying, termination,

identification etc. complete.

19.2 Type & size of cables.

a) All Power & control cables shall be 1.1 KV grade, unarmoured alunimium

conductor, PVC insulated F.R.L.S. type cables of size not less than 2.5 Sq.

mm It shall be 2.5 Sq. mm, 4 Sq .mm, 6 Sq. mm, 10 Sq. mm and multi

core multi stranded.

b) All cables shall confirm to latest IS specification.

c) The outer sheath shall be embossed with the name and year of

manufacture voltage grade, progressive length after every one mtr.

interval along the

length of the cable.

d) The outer sheath of the cable shall have fire retardant low smoke

property ( F.R.L.S.) & and shall be tested for I.E.C. 332.3 category 'C' .

e) Outer sheath of the cable as per colour code shall be as under.

i) L.T. power cable - Red

ii) L.T. control and protection cable - Black




iii) Metering cable - Green

19.3 Also the scope of work includes as per following.

i) Control cables & L.T. power cables required for connection between

switchyard equipments & respective control and protection panels,

ii) The laying and termination work of above cables , termination, work of

these cables at pump house i.e. connections to the panels, cubicles

located in the pump house are included in the scope of this

specification.

19.4 CABLES SCHEDULE AND CABLES TERMINATION SCHEDULE.

The diagram related to internal wiring and schematics of the equipments

covered in this specification shall be studied & prepared. The cable schedule of

power & control cables, shall contain the following details.

i) Size of cable.

vii) Identification number.

vii) Reference drawing no.

iv) Equipment reference (From to )

vii) Purpose of interconnection (i.e. power supply, indication, tripping

metering etc.)

vii) Approx. length of cable.

vii) In case of spare cable the term “spare” shall be used.

19.5 CABLE TERMINATION SCHEDULE.

It shall contain the following details.

i) Cable number .

ii) Equipment reference drawing.

iii) Equipment terminal marking for individual core.

iv) Apparatus reference number of equipment.

v) Equipment reference.




19.6 CABLE LAYING.

The cables are to be laid on the cable trays/block outs in cable trenches. The

successful tenderer shall furnish the layout of cable trenches & cable

termination schedule. Cables shall be laid in the trenches, floors, trays in proper

manner so as to minimize the crossing /transportation. All bends in run shall be

negotiated with great care to avoid sharp bending and kinking. After laying

cables shall be properly clamped.

19.7 CABLE TERMINATION WORK.

The work of termination is confined to the terminal equipments where the

cables are to be connected. When the gland plates are provided in the panel,

the contractor shall have to drill the suitable holes in the gland plates for fixing

the glands. The glands to be fixed for securing the cables shall be of adequate

size in line. With cable size. The cable gland shall be made up of brass with nickel

coating and shall be complete with check nut etc.

After sling the cable sheath for separation of core, all the cores shall be dressed,

combed and belted properly.

The core belting shall be at the interval of 200 mm. The belting shall be by

means of the PVC button belts as well as nylon cord belting fixed alternatively.

Each core shall be fixed with the core identification ferrules as per cable

schedule. The core identification ferrules shall be PVC while in colour with black

lettering and this shall have to suit the individual core, sizes. After fixing the

ferrules, the cable core ends shall be prepared for fixing the lugs. The ferrules on

the cable core shall be so adjusted that the same are visible by the operator. The

lugs shall be crimping type alunimium lugs. The type of lugs vis. Eye type shall be

as per the terminal box provided in the equipment. The size of lug shall be to

suit the size of conductor.

19.8 TESTS

1 Routine tests.

All routine tests as per relevant standard shall be carried out at shop and

the tests reports shall be submitted to purchaser.




2 Site tests.

After laying the cables, the contractor shall have to carryout the

following tests.

i) Meggering of cables by 500 volt megger .

ii) After termination of cables, the contractor shall have to check

the continuity of all the cores, correctness of all the connections

as per wiring diagram,

correctness of polarity of power cables, proper earthing of glands, cable

boxes, armouring and metallic sheath. Apart from the testing work

described above, the contractor shall have to carryout any modification

in termination/connections which are called for during the pre-

commissioning & commissioning tests of equipments.

20.0 CABLE TRAYS

The specification is intended to procure G.I. perforated cable trays and

accessories for the purpose of laying power and control cables,

interconnecting between various equipments and auxiliaries of the L.I.S. Project.

The scope also covers the manufacture, inspection at works before dispatch,

proper packing, supply up to project site including loading, transport by road

and transit insurance of G.I. perforated cable trays and accessories.

20.1 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

1. G.I. perforated cable trays and accessories should be manufactured

from 14 SWG of steel sheets/rolled sheets duly punched for

perforations.

2. The galvanizing of cable trays should be by hot dip method and shall be

of best quality. There should not be any burrs or uneven surfaces on the

galvanized cable trays on account of the provision of the slot,

perforation or on account of cutting of trays during manufacturing as

this may damages the cables during installation.

3. Each cable trays should be of 2.5 Mtr. length.

4. Each cable trays should have side edge of 20mm on both of its side.




5. The trays will be fixed/erected on M.S. Angles, by means of G.I.

Nut/Bolts (Bugadi Bolts and Nuts) of 8 mm size.

6. The perforations of tray should be of size 10 mm x 20 mm elliptical for

proper ventilation of cables laid on the trays and also for fixing the trays

with cable racks by means of nut/bolts.

7. The cable trays should have good performance against atmospheric

conditions like rain, sun and humidity. The humidity and rain fall in the

project area is high and therefore, the Contractor, while making offer,

shall carefully considering the “ Atmospheric and other conditions”,

given in the general information of this specification, for continuous

trouble free and long life durability of G.I. cable trays especially about

the galvanizing process.

20.2 GALVANIZING

The Galvanizing to the cable trays and accessories shall be applied by hot dipped

process. The quality of hot dipped galvanizing shall be in conformity with

relevant ISS/ code of practice.

The weight of zinc coating shall be equivalent/ not less than 610 gms. of zinc per

sq.mtr. of surface. The zinc coating shall be smooth, clean and uniform

thickness and free from defects. The preparation for galvanizing it self shall not

adversely affect the mechanical properties of the coated material.

All drilling, punching, cutting, bending of parts shall be completed and all burrs

shall be removed before the galvanizing process is applied.

20.3 CABLE RACKING

The cable rack work shall be performed with proper neatness, accuracy and as

per approved drawings/details supplied to the tenderer and as per directives of

the departments supervising engineer.

Good quality welding rods shall be used for welding of cable racking. All burrs,

uneven surfaces, edges of steel sections, outer edges of drilled holes etc. shall

be properly grounded and finished before painting without failure so as to

avoid any damage to the cables.




The cable supporting structures/section shall be properly fabricated/erected foe

easy handling and installation of cables. Before welding of horizontal angle arms,

sufficient holes shall be drilled to them suitable for trefoil run cable clamping

and single run cable clamping.

20.3.1 Scope of work

Scope of work under this specification includes providing and

fabrication/erection of M.S cable racking for XLPE power cables and control

cables on the cable route from feeders trenches and main transformers to

the incoming panels situated in the control room of respective pump-

houses.

20.3.2 The scope of work shall include but not limited to the following

items/activities.

1) Arranging the marking and embedments in the cable trench as per

approved drawing.

2) Providing M.S. angles of size 75 x 75 x 8 mm for vertical supports and

size 50 x 50 x 6 mm angles for horizontal arms of cable racking for entire

cable route as shown in the drawing enclosed.

3) Providing of M.S. plates of size 200 x 200 x 10 mm size along with 4 Nos.

anchor fasteners of size M-10 x 75 mm long for each for cable route

inside the auxiliary blocks of pump-house for floor or overhead racking.

4) Providing 50 x 6 mm size M.S. earthing conductors along entire cable

route as shown in the enclosed drawing and its connection with junction

boxes at various levels.

5) Arrangement of sufficient supervisory staff, unskilled and skilled workers

including labours, fitters, welders etc. for completion of work.

6) Arrangements of welding sets, gas cutting sets, hand drill hacksaw, tools

and tackles etc. required for completion of work.

7) Providing of consumable viz. welding rods, cutting gas, grinding disc, drill

bit, hacksaw blades, emery paper, cotton waste etc. in sufficient

quantity for completion of work.




8) Arrangement of safety measures to the workers viz. helmets, hand-

gloves, ladder, safety jackets/belts, welding goggles/screen etc.

complete.

9) Arrangement of scaffolding/supporting arrangement of workers to carry

out the work safety.

10) Erection/fixing of 200 x 200 x 10 mm M.S. plates at 1 M interval for cable

route inside the auxiliary block of pump-house using 4 Nos. anchor

fasteners of size M-10 x 75 mm long for each plate including cutting,

drilling into plates and into concrete slab fixing and welding with vertical

angle support etc. complete.

11) Cutting of vertical angle support of size 75 x 75 x 8 mm for appropriate

length as per approved drawing enclosed and welding of the same firmly

with the rods embeded in the vertical concrete walling at 1 Mtr. interval

along entire cable route outside the pump-house auxiliary block. At

inside portion of the auxiliary blocks welding of the same angle is to be

done with M.S. plates at 1 Mtr. Interval in the concrete slab portion.

12) Cutting of horizontal angle arms of size 50 x 50 x 6 mm for appropriate

length as shown in the drawing enclosed drilling of holes to suit

trefoils/single clamps and then welding of these arms with vertical angle

support ( 75 x 75 8 mm ) firmly.

13) Fabrication of M.S cable racking for vertical route below incoming

panels using vertical angles of size 75 x 75 x 8 mm horizontal arm angles

of size 50 x 50 x 6 mm and 200 x 200 x 10 mm plates along with 4 Nos.

anchor fasteners bottom embedments etc. Complete.

14) Cutting, laying and welding of 50 x 6 mm M.S. plate earth conductors

throughout the cable route and connection of earthmat junction boxes

at 4 places inside the pump-house and connection/welding with earth

grid of switchyard at 2 places.

15) Cleaning of all verticals angle supports, horizontal angle arms, M.S

plates, earth conductor by using emery paper and grinder wherever

necessary to remove all dust/any foreign materials, burrs, uneven




surfaces and thereof applying of one coat of red oxide and two coats of

enameled paint.

20.3.4 The cable rack work shall be performed with proper neatness, accuracy and

as per approved drawings/details supplied to the tenderer and as per

directives of the departments supervising engineer.

Good quality welding rods shall be used for welding of cable racking. All

burrs, uneven surfaces, edges of steel sections, outer edges of drilled holes

etc. shall be properly grounded and finished before painting without failure

so as to avoid any damage to the cables.

The cable supporting structures/section shall be properly fabricated/erected

foe easy handling and installation of cables. Before welding of horizontal

angle arms, sufficient holes shall be drilled to them suitable for trefoil run

cable clamping and single run cable clamping.

20.3.5 During fabrication of vertical cable racking below incoming panels tenderer

shall take out most care for safety of working personnel by making proper

scaffolding / supporting arrangement.

20.3.6 On the entire route of cable, the embedments are to be provided. The

tenderer has to use embedments for fixing/welding of vertical angle support

of size 75 x 75 x 8 mm for cable route inside the auxiliary blocks. The

tenderer has to provide and erect / fix 200 x 200 x 10 mm M.S. plates in

concrete sub portion at 1 Mtr. interval by using 4 Nos. anchor fasteners ( M-

10 x 75 mm long ) for each plate including drilling of holes in the plates as

well as in the concrete slab portion. The vertical angle supports of size 75 x 75

x 8 mm are to be welded to these plates. Tenderer shall also provide and

fix/erect 200 x 200 x 10 mm plates in the same manner as mentioned above

for all two vertical cable routes i.e. below both incoming panels as shown in

the drawing enclosed for proper and adequate strength of cable racks, if

required the tenderers has to make additional/supporting arrangements by

using anchorages/fasteners /angle pieces etc.

20.3.7 After completion of cable racking work, all cut angles pieces, burnt, welding

rods, debris, cotton waste and all other foreign materials shall be

cleared/removed away so as to make work site heat and clean.




21.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHMAT

21.1 SCOPE OF WORK

Scope of work under this specification covers, providing and installing

earthmat including all steel material and consumable material, excavation

for earthmat/pipe electrodes, risers, drilling of holes bar electrodes/ risers,

removing of burrs, painting of welded joints, connection or riser to

respective structures, filling of pipe electrodes earthpits by soft charcoal

and soft soil, brick walling and plastering over earth pits, refilling of

earthmat trenches/holes with muck/oil, ramming properly and making plane

of match origin ground, cleaning of work etc. Complete.

The scope work shall include but not limited to the various

items/specification given hereunder and the details given in the earthmat

layout drawings. Any item/work whether specifically mentioned/covered in

the specifications/ drawings or not but it is necessary to supply/carry out the

same at site for completion of earthmat in all respects by the tenderer.

21.2 Supply of material :

The bidder has to arrange and supply entire materials required for earthmat

works and pipe type earthing shall be provided at Rile sub-station.

Bricks for walling etc. Machines/plans like air compressor, jack hammers

Diesel welding set etc. sufficient operators, erections crew and consumable

like gas cutting electrodes/rods, wire brushes hack saw, anti-corrosive

primer and paint cotton waste etc. with safety material like hand gloves,

welding screen/goggles for the personnel shall also be arranged by the

tenderer as per requirement of earthmat work.

21.3 Excavation For Earth-mat Conductors, Risers and Pipe Electrodes.

Trenches of 0.5 Mtr. Width and 1 Mtr. depth shall be excavated and No. of

Conductors along length and width shall to be laid down. Excavated

material shall be deposited as per direction of site Engineer, for pipe

electrode, earth pipe of size 1M x 1M x 3M are to be excavated in the

switchyard at the locations marked. The locations of earthpits may very

slightly according to the field requirements. The excavates material form

earthpits shall be deposited at safe distance as per the directive of Engineer.




21.4 Laying of earth-mat :

1) For laying of earthmat, the earth conductors of 75 x 10 mm size with

available (cut) length shall be overlap welded and placed in the trenches,

cross joints shall be welded on both sides.

2) Each conductor may be diverted in case it fails with the foundation of

equipment or any permanent structure.

3) All joints between conductors/round electrodes/pipe electrodes/risers shall

be welded type. Before welding, the joints surfaces shall be cleaned properly

with wire brushes. The round bar electrodes shall also be welded with earth

conductors at junctions by 2 Nos. 30 x 30 x 5 mm angle cleats about 100 mm

length in addition to direct welding. Riser shall be overlap welded with

nearest earth conductors. The pipe electrode shall also be welded to the

earthmat through connecting rings. After welding, the burrs of the flats and

joints shall be removed. After that, all welded joints shall be painted with

one coat of Red oxide and two coats of Black bituminous paint before

burying the earth conductors in ground.

4) Whenever earthmat conductors come across any trench laying should be

carried out though making holes made to the trench walls below the cables

in the trench.

5) Contact resistance should be minimum.

6) In case of hard strata for the continuity of earthing a layer of 15 cm black

cotton soil shall be laid down in the earthmat trenches.

7) Electricity shall be arranged by the tenderer. The earth electrodes (G.I.pipes)

are to be connected to earthmat flats by clamping rings and are to be

connected to the nearest earthing conduction by two separate flats as per

drawing attached.

The earth interconnection between earthmat of pump house and earthmat

of switchyard is to be carried out by the tenderer and is in the scope of this

contract.




21.5 Connections of Risers :

2 nos. of risers of M.S flat size 75 x 10 mm are to be taken from earthmat to

connect the equipments/ structure to the earthing system.

21.6 Refilling of Earthpits and Brick walling :

The G.I. pipe of diameter (normal) 100 mm, C Class and length 3.2 M is to

be burried in the pit up to 3 Mtr. Depth. The top level of G.I. pipe shall be

150 mm above the ground level. The length of G.I. pipe may vary slightly as

per permanent moisture level of the switchyard area. However, the

tenderer should quote the bid taking the length of each G.I. pipe as 3.20

Mtr.. Refilling of earthpits shall be done by charcoal, salt and black

cotton soil in alternate layers of 250 mm thickness uniformly spread and

compacted as per IS 3043-1987. Excavates soil not be suitable for back filling

the earthpits hence the tenderer shall arrange suitable soil from else where.

21.7 Backfilling of Earthmat Conductor Trenches:

After completion of laying of earthmat, joints with various electrodes and

risers, painting of welded joints, earthmat trenches shall be backfilled with

soil/muck without boulders and rammed properly. The trenches shall be

backfilled with soil/muck without boulders and rammed properly to have

plane ground surface in the switchyard plot.

21.8 Cleaning of work-place After Erection Work:

After completion of erection of earthmat work, the tenderer shall remove all

his machinery, tools plants etc. outside the work place, clean the switchyard

area by removing/collecting pieces of MS flats angles if any, balance burnt

pieces of welding rods, cotton waste etc. and shall be dumped outside at

safe distance as per the directives of site Engineer.

22.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ILLUMINATION SYSTEM

Scope of work includes supply of material, storing, unpacking, installation

of equipment, wiring, termination, and testing, commissioning &

associated work.




Bidder shall supply all the material necessary for completion of the job.

The scope of supply shall include:

Luminaires

Lighting distribution board, lighting panels

Lighting cables

Lighting poles

Lighting control switches, receptacles, conduits, junction boxes

Mounting accessories, earthing wires, incidental hardware and

consumables like fixing saddles, spacer plates joint boxes and connectors,

jointing ferrules, all fixing brackets, screws and studs for completing the

job.

The Contractor has to design the illumination system for competed pump house

building, surrounding area, switchyard, approach road etc. The detailed design &

drawing for each floors, control room, switchyard area, street lighting etc. shall

be furnished for approval of purchaser. The general illumination levels & types

of fixtures lamps required are given bellow, but Contractor may furnish better

option & got approved before starting the work.

Sr Location Illumination

level

Fittings

1 Valve floor 150 Industrial type fluorescent fittings

2 Pump house Bldg. 200 Fully enclosed fluorescent fittings

3 Service bay 300 High bay fittings

4 Control room 300 Mirror optic type fluorescent

fittings

5 Battery room 100 Fully enclosed fluorescent fittings

6 Switchyard and surrounding

area of pump house

20 HPSV reflux type fittings

7 Approach Road from power

House to Switchyard

20 HPSV reflux type fittings.

8 Cable gallery 70 Industrial type fluorescent fittings.




The cable/wiring, installation and commissioning of complete illumination

system shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations, fire

insurance and safety codes.

Outdoor lighting shall be carried out by using 1.1 kV grade four core cable. The

cabling for the outdoor lighting fixtures will be done in loop – in/loop – out at

respective outdoor fixture mounted junction boxes. The indoor lighting of High

bay/medium bay shall be carried out by using 2 Core, 2.5 mm2 copper cables.

The indoor office area wiring shall be carried in PVC casing & capping.

Outdoor cabling shall be buried in ground whereas indoor lighting wiring (cable /

conduit) shall be of exposed type.

22.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

Location of lighting fixtures, switches and plugs shall be shown on the drawing

and shall be relocated if required to suit the site conditions. 5A, 3pin, 15A, 6pin

plugs with switches shall be provided on the light control switch boards.

Switch Board shall be provided with labels indicating LP number and outgoing

circuit feeder numbers.

Switch boards shall be provided with cable gland for incoming cable and

knockouts for outgoing conduit termination.

Cable and conduit supports shall be provided at an interval of 300 – 400 mm

away for horizontal runs and 400 – 500 mm for vertical runs.

Cables and conduits shall be kept, wherever possible at least 300mm away from

pipes, heating devices and other equipments.

For the purpose of calculating connected loads of various circuits, a multiplying

factor of 1.25 will be made to the rated lamp voltage for lamp fixtures to take

into account the losses in the control gear.

Contractor shall supply junction boxes, pull boxes, terminal blocks, glands,

conduits and accessories (elbows, tees, bends etc.) and supporting/anchoring

materials, to make the installation complete.

In all types of cabling, due consideration shall be given to neatness and good

appearance.




The work for installation, testing and commissioning of the indoor lighting shall

include the mounting of fixtures with necessary materials, laying of

cable/conduit, pulling of wires through conduit and external earth wire,

providing all accessories for cable/ conduit installation, including conduit fittings.

Providing of light control switch board with switches, switch board mounted 5A,

3 pin receptacles with switches etc.installation, including conduit fittings,

providing of light control switch board with switches, switch board mounted 5A,

3 pin receptacles with switches etc.

22.2 TESTING :

Lighting installation testing shall include but not be limited to the following :

� Measure the insulation resistance of each circuit without the lamps

being in place. It should be not less than 1 M ohms to earth.

� Current and voltage of all the phases shall be measured at the lighting

panel busbars with all the circuits switched on with lamps. If required,

load shall be rebalanced on the three phases.

� Check the earth continuity for all socket outlets, A fixed relative position

of the phase and neutral connections inside the socket shall be

established for all sockets.

� After inserting all the lamps and switching on all circuits, minimum and

maximum illumination level shall be measured in the area with an

approved industrial lightmeter.

22.3 LUMINAIRES :

The lighting fixtures shall be complete with associated accessories such as

lamps / tubes, reflectors, housing, ballast etc. Luminaries shall comply to I.S.

specification. Luminaire shall be suitable for 150 W, HPSV street light fitting. It

shall be made from single piece, die cast aluminium (LM6) housing and clear

acrylic cover. Degree of protection for luminaire shall be at least IP 54.Control

gearbox shall contain ballast, lgnitor, PF improvement capacitor etc.




22.4 LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD & LIGHTING PANELS

The lighting distribution board shall be sheet steel fabricated,

compartmentalised, freestanding type, The painting shall be synthetic enamel

shade 631 as per IS 5.

22.5 LDB shall be provided with following no. of feeders.

� 63 A, switch fuse unit, TPN incomer.

� 32 A, switch fuse unit, TPN outgoing feeders, 6 Nos.

The incomer shall be provided with R, Y, B indication lamps, CT’s ammeter with s

elector switch, voltmeter with selector switch & KWh meter.

22.6 Panel shall be completely wired up to the terminal blocks. Internal wiring

shall be done with copper cables of appropriate size.

22.7 Lighting panel shall be sheet steel fabricated, double door, wall mounting

type. The panel shall be powder coated. Panel shall be provided with

copper busbars and earthing terminals.

Each panel shall have following feeders

• 32A, TPN, ELCB incomer

• 10A, SPN, MCB outgoing feeders, 12 Nos.

Lighting panels shall be completely wired by copper cables up to terminal

blocks.

22.8 LIGHTING CABLES

22.8.1 Complete indoor wiring shall be carried out by 3 core, unarmoured, copper

cables. The minimum size of cable shall be 2.5 mm2. Outdoor wiring shall

be carried out by using four core, armoured 4 mm2 copper cables.

22.9 LIGHTING POLES

22.9.1 Lighting poles for streetlights & floodlights shall be of stepped tubular




construction as per IS.

Poles shall be coated with bituminous preservative paint on the inside as

well as embedded outside surface. Outside surface shall be painted with

one coat of red oxide primer and two coats of aluminium paint.

22.9.2 Supply of poles shall be complete with fixing bracket / pipe reducer for

fixing the fitting, junction box.

22.10 LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES

22.10.1 Receptacle unit shall consist of socket outlet with switch & plug. The socket

outlet with switch shall be mounted within stove enameled steel box.

Conduits & junction boxes shall be provided as required for the layout.

Conduits shall be steel, black enamelled, rigid type. Minimum size of

conduit shall be 20 mm. Junction boxes shall be dust & vermin proof.

22.11 ERECTION WORK

22.11.1 The scope of installation work includes storing, unpacking, and fixing of all

equipment associated with lighting system, routing, laying conduits,

cabling, termination, testing, commissioning and all other work necessary

for completing the job.

22.11.2 Supply of mounting accessories, earthing wires, incidental hardware &

consumables shall be supplied by the vendor.

22.11.3 All indoor wiring shall be carried by using unarmoured cables. Outdoor

wiring shall be carried out by using armoured four core cables.

22.11.4 Wiring shall be colour coded so as to enable easy identification of phases &

neutral. DC cable shall be colour coded as follows, white – positive, black-

neutral/negative.

22.11.5 For outdoor lighting such as street lights, flood lights, the contractor shall

erect the poles, including foundation work, install junction boxes, install

fittings, earthing and necessary wiring to the fitting.




22.0 APPROVED MAKES/ VENDERS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

Sr. No. Equipment Name of Acceptable makes

1 2. 3.

1) 33 KV, Circuit breaker Siemens, ABB, NGFF, Crompton Greaves,

Jyoti, BheL, Kirloskar, Voltas.

2) 220 KV Circuit breaker ABB, Crompton

3) 33 KV Isolator 1) BIMCO Isolators Ltd., Hydrabed.

2) Pactil, Bombay.

3) Hivelm Industries, Madras

4) Kiran Thane

5) Universal Isolators.

6) Atlas, Bombay

7) Trans. Elec. Calcutta.

4) L.A. 1) ELPRO

2) OBLUM

3) LAMCO, Hyderabad

4) IGE(I) Ltd.,

5) WS Isolators

6) Crompton

5) C.T. and P.T. / C.V.T. 1) System Electrical control, Bombay,

ABB

2) AEP, Bombay

3) Gyro ( 33 KV only)

4) IMP ( 33 KV only)

5) Starlite Elect. Pune ( 33 KV only)




6) Proyog Electric, Thane ( 33 KV only)

7) AE / Crompton.

6) Relays 1) ABB

2) GEC, Alsthom, India.

3) Siemens

7) Control and protection

panel

Jyoti, BHEL, NGEF ABB, Archana

Electriclas, Advance Electricals, Sigmens,

GEC Alsthom, L and T.,BME Enterprises,

H.T.Switchgear(ABB)

8) XLPE power cables CCI, Fort, Gloster, Asian cables, Universal

Cable, NICCO

9) Control Cable CCI, Fort Gloster, Asian cables, Universal

Cable, NICCO

10) Transformer 33 KV class 1) Bharat Bijlee

2) Crompton Greaves

3) EMCO

4) ABB

5) Kirloskar Electric

6) Voltamps

7) Mahati

8) IMP

9) Apex

10) Trinity, Bengluru

11) Transfab, Pune

11) 33 KV capacitor Shreem, Shakti, ABB

12) Luminaries Philips, Crompton, Wipro, Bajaj

13) Oil filter machine John Fowler ( India) Ltd., Pennwatt Atlas




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION –––– XXXX

GURANTEED TECHNICAL GURANTEED TECHNICAL GURANTEED TECHNICAL GURANTEED TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS




1.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS AND DETILAS FOR SUB-

STATION

A) 33/6.6 KV, 1600 KVA TRANSFORMERS (To be filled in by the bidder)

Sr. No. Description Particulars

1 Name of Manufacturer

2 Fully address

3 a) Normal full load output KVA at normal tap.

b) Continuous output ( corresponding to I.S.

Rating at normal tap )

4 a) Voltage between phases ( HV. side ) at no

load and full load rating.

5 Maximum temperature rise of

a) Windings ( by resistance method

b) Cores ( by thermorneter)

c) Oil ( by thermomotor)

6 Magnetizing current & power

a) At normal voltage and frequency ( Amps.)

b) at maximum voltage and normal frequency

( Amps)

7 a) Core-loss at rated voltage and frequency

( Amps)

b) Core loss at Max. voltage and frequency, in

KW.





8 a) Resistance of HV winding per phase, in ohms.

9 Copper loss at rated voltage, current and bad

lines frequency at 850 C

10 a) Max. induction at normal voltage and

frequency ( lines per Sq.cm)

b) Grade of lamination used

c) Type of insulation between core stampings.

11 Efficiency at max. permissible temperature, at

unity p.f. and 0.8 p.f.

a) 125% load

b)100 % load

c) 85% load

d) 50% load

e) 25% load

12 Max. working current density of

a) HV winding amps/ Sq.cm.

b) LV winding amp / Sq.cm.

13 Reactance drop on full load %

14 a) Regulation ( full load & UPF ) at 850 C

b) Regulation at 850 C ( full load & 0.8 PF – lag)

15 Impedance %





16 Details of Tapings on HV side.

18 Over load capacity of transformer for 2 hours.

1) Minimum clearance to earth

a) of primary winding in and out of oil (mm)

b) of secondary winding in and out of oil ( mm)

2) Width of oil duct between core and LV

winding and between LV & HV winding (mm)

19 Impulse strength of HV winding ( stating wave

form adopted ) KV.

20 Total radiating surface sq.mtr.

Other Particulars

1 Over-all dimensions of the transformer L x B x H

(mm)

2 Weight of

a) Core laminations : Kg.

b) Copper : Kg.

c) Transformer core

Oil and insulation : Kg.

d) Tank and fitting : Kg.

e) Oil : Kg.

f) Transformer complete with oil





3 Oil

a) Quantity required for first fitting ( in liters )

b) Class

c) Makers’s name and country of origin

4 Particulars of tap changing device

a) Type and brief description

b) Is and indicator arrangement fitted to show

the position.

c) Can it be locked in position

5 a) Make and type of breather fitted to the

transformer.

b) Type of dehydrating agent.

6 Type of tank & tank cover.

7 1) For what voltage has the insulation between

turns been designed ( Volts )

a) In the body of winding

b) At the end turns.

2) Percentage of end turns with reinforced

insulation

8 Type and class of insulation on

a) HV conductors





b) LV conductors

c) LV to core

9 Section of copper used in

a) H.V. winding (mm dia.)

b) L.V. winding ( mm dia)

10 State whether the transformer complies fully

with this specification and its requirements. If

not state the extend of deviations from the

same.

11 Is a name plate showing the particulars as

required provided of not

Particulars of H.V. Bushings

1 Maker’s name, address, and country of origin.

2 Type

3 Dry flashover voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)

4 Wet flashoer voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)

5 Impulse flashover voltage KV )

( Staging the wave form adopted )

6 Class of bushing.

Particulars of LV Bushings.

1 Makers name , address and country of origin.





2 Type

3 Dry flashover voltage 50 Cycles (KV)

4 Wet flashover voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)

5 Impulse flashover voltage ( KV)

(Stating the wave form adopted )

6 Class of bushing.

B) 33/0.415 KV, 63KVA TRANSFORMERS (To be filled in by the bidder)


1 Name of Manufacturer

2 Fully address

3 a) Normal full load output KVA at normal tap.

b) Continuous output ( corresponding to I.S.

Rating at normal tap )

4 a) Voltage between phases ( HV. side ) at no

load and full load rating.

5 Maximum temperature rise of

a) Windings ( by resistance method

b) Cores ( by thermorneter)

c) Oil ( by thermomotor)

6 Magnetizing current & power





a) At normal voltage and frequency ( Amps.)

b) at maximum voltage and normal frequency

( Amps)

7 a) Core-loss at rated voltage and frequency

( Amps)

b) Core loss at Max. voltage and frequency, in

KW.

8 a) Resistance of HV winding per phase, in ohms.

9 Copper loss at rated voltage, current and bad

lines frequency at 850 C

10 a) Max. induction at normal voltage and

frequency ( lines per Sq.cm)

b) Grade of lamination used

c) Type of insulation between core stampings.

11 Efficiency at max. permissible temperature, at

unity p.f. and 0.8 p.f.

a) 125% load

b)100 % load

c) 85% load

d) 50% load

e) 25% load

12 Max. working current density of





a) HV winding amps/ Sq.cm.

b) LV winding amp / Sq.cm.

13 Reactance drop on full load %

14 a) Regulation ( full load & UPF ) at 850 C

b) Regulation at 850 C ( full load & 0.8 PF – lag)

15 Impedance %

16 Details of Tapings on HV side.

18 Over load capacity of transformer for 2 hours.

1) Minimum clearance to earth

a) of primary winding in and out of oil (mm)

b) of secondary winding in and out of oil ( mm)

2) Width of oil duct between core and LV

winding and between LV & HV winding (mm)

19 Impulse strength of HV winding ( stating wave

form adopted ) KV.

20 Total radiating surface sq.mtr.

Other Particulars

1 Over-all dimensions of the transformer L x B x H

(mm)

2 Weight of

a) Core laminations : Kg.





b) Copper : Kg.

c) Transformer core

Oil and insulation : Kg.

d) Tank and fitting : Kg.

e) Oil : Kg.

f) Transformer complete with oil

3 Oil

a) Quantity required for first fitting ( in liters )

b) Class

c) Makers’s name and country of origin

4 Particulars of tap changing device

a) Type and brief description

b) Is and indicator arrangement fitted to show

the position.

c) Can it be locked in position

5 a) Make and type of breather fitted to the

transformer.

b) Type of dehydrating agent.

6 Type of tank & tank cover.

7 1) For what voltage has the insulation between

turns been designed ( Volts )





a) In the body of winding

b) At the end turns.

2) Percentage of end turns with reinforced

insulation

8 Type and class of insulation on

a) HV conductors

b) LV conductors

c) LV to core

9 Section of copper used in

a) H.V. winding (mm dia.)

b) L.V. winding ( mm dia)

10 State whether the transformer complies fully

with this specification and its requirements. If

not state the extend of deviations from the

same.

11 Is a name plate showing the particulars as

required provided of not

Particulars of H.V. Bushings

1 Maker’s name, address, and country of origin.

2 Type

3 Dry flashover voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)





4 Wet flashoer voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)

5 Impulse flashover voltage KV )

( Staging the wave form adopted )

6 Class of bushing.

Particulars of LV Bushings.

1 Makers name , address and country of origin.

2 Type

3 Dry flashover voltage 50 Cycles (KV)

4 Wet flashover voltage at 50 Cycles (KV)

5 Impulse flashover voltage ( KV)

(Stating the wave form adopted )

6 Class of bushing.

Place :

Date:-

Signature of Tenderer.




B) INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY BIDDER

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1 Name of manufacturer

2 Manufacturer’s type and designation

3 Rated voltage kV

4 Type of circuit breaker

5 Rated continuous current under site conditions A

6 Rated short circuit breaking current Ka rms

Rated duration of short circuit Sec.

Rated short circuit making current KA peak

7 Maximum rise of temperature over ambient for

rated current size conditions

0C

8 Rated latching current kA

9 Rated operating duty

10 a) Total interrupting time

i) Minimum ms

ii) Maximum ms

b) Closing time Ms

11 a) Rated transient recovery voltage for terminal

faults

KV peak

b) First pole to clear factor




12 Arc voltage V

13 Arcing current A

14 Arcing time 100%, 60%, 30%, and 10% Sec

15 Rated transient recovery voltage for short line faults KV peak

16 Insulation level of the breaker

a) One minute power frequency withstand voltage kV rms

b) impulse withstand voltage KV peak

17 Minimum clearnces in air

a) Between phases (live parts) mm

b) Between live parts and earth mm

c) Center to center distance between phases mm

18 Whether the circuit breaker is fixed trip or trip free

19 Type of operating mechanism

20 Method of tripping

a) Normal

b) Emergency

c) Nominal voltage of trip coil Volts

d) Pick-up range Volts

e) Power for tripping mechanism Watts

21 Method of closing

a) Normal voltage of closing coils Volts




b) Power for closing mechanism Watts

22 Rated time charging breaking current A

23 Rated cable charging breaking current A

24 Critical current (current giving the longest are when

a break takes place)

A

25 Maximum over voltage to earth of the circuit

breaker when breaking currents

a) unloaded transformer KV peak

b) unloaded lines KV peak

c) capacitor banks KV peak

d) Cable charging KV peak

26 Number of operations, the circuit breaker is capable

of performing without inspection, replacement of

main contacts or parts

a) Rated interrupting capacity

b) Rated continuous current

27 Quantity of SF6 gas Kgs

28 Bushing

a) Make

b) Weight

c) 1 min dry power frequency withstand voltage KV rms

d) Total creepage distance Mm




e) Permissible safe cantilever loading Kg

29 Rated control voltage V,DC

30 Overall dimensions of circuit breaker Dwg. No.

31 Weight of complete 3-phase circuit breaker Kg

32 Weight, literature enclosed giving details of arcing

chamber, main and arcing contacts

Yes / No

2. ISOLATORS



3 Rated voltage kV

4 Type of isolator

5 Current rating

a) Continuous under site conditions A

b) 1 second KA

c) Dynamic KA

6 Design ambient temperature 0C

7 Maximum temperature of current carrying parts

when carrying rated current continuously at site

conditions

0C

8 Rated insulation level

a) One minute power frequency wet withstand

voltage




i) Across isolating distance KVms

ii) To earth and between poles KVms

b) 1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse withstand voltage

i) Across isolating distance KV peak

ii) To earth and between poles KV peak

9 Contacts and material of current carrying parts

a) Type of main & arcing contacts

b) Material of contacts

i) Main

ii) Arcing

c) whether contacts are silver faced Yes / No

d) Material of current carrying parts

10 Capacity to interrupt mangnestising current A

11 Capacity to interrupt line charging current A

12 Clearance in air

a) Between poles mm

b) Between live parts and earth Mm

c) Between live parts when switch is open Mm

i) On the same pole Mm

ii) Between adjacent poles Mm

13 Type of interlocks




14 Insulator data

a) Type

b) Number of units

c) Height of the stack mm

d) Bolt circle diameter Mm

e) tensile strength Kg

f) compressive strength Kg

g) Torsional strength Kg-m

h) Cantilever strength-upright Kg

i) Power frequency dry flash-over voltage KV

j) Power frequency wet flash – over voltage KV

k) 1.2/50 micro sec, positive wave impulse flash-

over voltage

KV peak

l) 1.2/50micro sec, impulse withstand voltage KV peak

m) Power frequency puncture voltage Mm

n) Total creepage distance KV

o) Visual discharge voltage Mm

p) Dry arcing distance

15 Operating mechanism manual / motor

16 Motor rated voltage & output

17 Terminal stud




a) Horizontal / Vertical

b) Diameter Mm

c) Length Mm

18 Weight of complete 3 – phase isolator Kg

19 Overall dimensions of complete isolator Dwg

No.

20 Material of supporting structure

3. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS



3 Rated voltage kV

4 Maximum system voltage KV

5 Current rating

a) 1 second A

b) Dynamic KA



a) One minute power frequency wet withstand voltage KVms

b) 1.2 / 50 micro sec. Impulse withstand voltage KV peak

8 CT details – line CTs

CORE 1




a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

CORE 2

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

d) Knee point voltage

e) Magnetizing current

f) Secondary resistance

CORE 3

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

9 CT details – transformer CTs

CORE 1

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

d) Knee point voltage

e) Magnetizing current




f) Secondary resistance

CORE 2

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

CORE 3

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

CORE 4

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

10 Insulator data

a) Type

b) Number of units

c) Height of the stack Mm


e) Tensile strength Kg

f) Compressive strength Kg





h) Cantilever strength – upright Kg

i) Power frequency dry flash – over voltage KV


k) 1.2/50 micro sec., impulse withstand voltage KV peak

l) 1.2/50 micro sec., impulse withstand voltage KV peak



o) Visual discharge voltage

11 Terminal stud


b) Diameter Mm

c) Length Mm

d) Material Cu / Al

12 Weight of single current transfomer kg

13 Overall dimensions of current transformer Dwg. Enclosed

Yes / No

14. Whether, literature enclosed giving details of arcing

chamber, main and arcing contacts

Yes / No

15. Whether all type test reports as per latest IS enclosed Yes / No




4. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS



3 Rated voltage kV

4 Maximum system voltage KV



a) One minute power frequency wet withstand voltage KVms

b) 1.2 / 50 micro sec. Impulse withstand voltage KV peak

7 VT secondary details

CORE 1

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

d) Winding Connections

CORE 2

a) Ratio

b) Burden

c) Accuracy class

d) Winding Connections

8 Insulator data

a) Type

b) Number of units

c) Height of the stack Mm


e) Tensile strength Kg




f) Compressive strength Kg


h) Cantilever strength – upright Kg

i) Power frequency dry flash – over voltage KV


k) 1.2/50 micro sec., impulse withstand voltage KV peak

l) 1.2/50 micro sec., impulse withstand voltage KV peak



o) Visual discharge voltage

9 Technical stud


b) Diameter Mm

c) Length Mm

d) Material Cu / Al

10 Weight of single voltage transformer Kg

11 Overall dimensions of voltage transformer Dwg. No.




5. LIGHTNING ARRESTERS



3 Rated voltage kV

4 Arrestor class and type

5 8/20 micro sec. Wave nominal discharge current KA

6 Minimum discharge capability KJ / kV

7 Maximum 100%, 1.2/50 micro sec. Spark over voltage KV peak

8 Maximum front – of – wave spark over voltage

9 Virtual steep ness of front

10 Rate of rise KV/micro sec

11 Time to spark over Micro sec.

12 Minimum dry & wet power frequency spark over

voltage

KVrms

13 Residual voltage corresponding to Kvpeak

a) steep current impulse

b) lightning impulse

c) switching impulse

14 Reference voltage Kvrms

15 Reference current A

16 Over voltage withstand capability for




a) 10 cycles KVrms

b) 1 second KVrms

c) Continuous KVrms

17 Energy discharge capacity KJ / kV

18 Maximum residual voltage at nominal discharge

current

KVrms

19 Discharge voltage at 10KA discharge current KVrms

20 Impulse current withstand

a) high current short duration (4/10 micro sec. Wave) KA peak

b) Low current long duratin A peak

c) virtual duration of rectangular wave Micro sec.

21 One minute dry power frequency withstand voltage of

arrestor housing

KVrms

22 1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse withstand test voltage of

arrestor housing

KV peak

23 Total creepage distance of whole arrestor housing Mm

24 Cantilever strength of complete arrestor Kg

25 Visual discharge level for falling power frequency

voltage

KV

26 Pressure relief class as per IEC 99

27 Range of millimeter provided for leakage current

measurement

mA




28 Weight of complete arrestor Kg

29 Overall dimensions of complete arrestor Dwg. Enclosed

Yes / No.

30 Whether, literature enclosed giving details of

discharge counter, terminals

Yes / No.

31 Whether, all type test reports as per latest IS/IES

enclosed

Yes / No.

6. CLAMPS AND CONNECTORS


2 Applicable standard

3 Type

4 For connection to circuit breaker

a) conductor size

b) equipment terminal size

Material of construction

a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers

d) liners if any

5 For connection to isolator

a) conductor size






a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers

d) liners if any

6 For connection to CT

a) conductor size



a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers

d) liners if any

7 For connection to VT

a) conductor size



a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers




d) liners if any

8 For connection to LA

a) conductor size



a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers

d) liners if any

9 For connection to Bus post insulator

a) conductor size



a) clamp body

b) bolts and nuts

c) spring washers

d) liners if any

10 Maximum temperature rise over ambient

temperature when carrying rated current

0C

11 Rated terminal load and factor of safety Kg

12 Weight of clamp complete with hardware




7. CONTROL AND RELAY PANELS

1 Panels designations


3 Type of construction

Simplex / desk – cum – panel

4 Type of sheet steel (Hot rolled / Cold rolled )

5 Thickness of sheet steel

Front Mm

Back Mm

Sides Mm

6 Paint treatment and colour shades

(External & Internal )

7 Weight of each panel Kg

8 Dimensions if each panel section

(Width X Depth X Height )

9 General arrangement drawing No.

a) Individual panel section

b) Overall arrangement of complete panels

showing floor space

10 Largest package for transport




Weight

Dimension

11 Special interconnecting cables, if required

included

Yes / No

12 Special tools and devices for maintenance

included (Attached list)

Yes / No

13 AUXILARY / INTERFACE RELAY

a) Make and type designation

b) Nominal voltage and % variation Volts + %

c) Contacts, Hand Reset / Self reset

d) No. of pairs of contacts

Make contacts

Break contacts

e) Speed of operation of relay m-sec

f) Pick-up / drop – off ratio

g) Burden of relay VA

14 CONTROL SWITCHES

a) Make and front dimensions

b) Type of switch (Spring returns to neutral /

discrepancy )

c) Type of handle ( Pistol Grip . spade or ‘T’

knob / ball handle )




d) Contact rating :

Continuous current A

Voltage Volts

15 PUSH – BUTTONS

a) Make

b) Actuator type

Momentary / maintained

Shrouded to prevent inadvertent operation

c) Whether integral engraved inscription

plates provided

d) Type and No. of NO/NC contacts

e) Contact rating :

Continuous current A

Voltage Volts

16 INDICATING LAMPS

a) Type

b) Ratings :

Voltage

Wattage

c) Series resistors are provided Yes / No

d) Life of lamp in burning hours Hours




17 ANNUNCIATORS

a) Make

b) Dimensions of each window (L X W X H ) Mm

c) No. of lamps per window

d) Lamps

Volts

Watts

e) Auxiliary supply voltage and permissible

variation

Volts / %

18 INDICATING METERS

i Ammeter

a) Make

b) Type of movement

c) CT Sec. Current A

d) Burden VA

e) Accuracy class and standard

f) Overall dimensions (front) mm

ii Voltmeter

a) Make

b) Type of movement

c) VT Sec. Voltage




d) Burden


f) Overall dimensions (front)

Iii Power factor meter

a) Make

b) Type of movement

c) VT Sec. Voltage

d) Burden


f) Overall dimensions (front)

iv) Frequency meter

a) Make

b) Type of movement

c) VT Sec.voltage

d) Burden


f) overall dimensions (front)

v) Energy meters

a) Make

b) Type of Mesurement

c) ( 3 phase, 3 wire unbalanced power /3




phase, 4 wire unbalanced power )

d) CT ratio A/A

e) VT ratio

f) accuracy and standard to which meter

conforms

g) Burden

h) Current coil VA

i) Voltage Coil VA

j) No. of digits in the meter

19 PROTECTION RELAYS

i) IDMT Overall current relay, IDMT earth

fault relay


b) Setting range %



Make contacts

Break contacts

e) Burden of relay VA

f) Auxiliary supply voltage V

ii) Instantaneous over current relay





b) Setting range %



Make contacts

Break contacts



iii) Instantaneous earth fault relay


b) Setting range %



Make and type designation

Break contacts

e) Burden or relay VA


iv) Transformer differential relay


b) Contacts, Hand Reset / Self reset

Make contacts




Break contacts

d) Burden of relay VA

e) Auxiliary supply voltage V

v) Neutral displacement relay


b) Setting range %



Make contacts

Break contacts



vi) Under Voltage relay


b) Setting range %



Make contacts

Break contacts






vii) Restricted earth fault relay


b) Setting range %



Make contacts

Break contacts



C) 11 KV Disc & 33 KV Insulators :

Sr.

No.

Particulars For 11 KV

Disc

insulator

33 KV Disc

Insulator

Electrical characteristics of Insulators

a) Nominal system voltabe.

b) Highest system voltage

a) Visible Discharge voltage 9 min.

b) Dry minute power frequency

withstand voltage.

c) Wet 1 minute power frequency

withstand voltage.




d) Power frequency puncture withstand

voltage.

e) Impulse ( 1.2 / 50 Micro second

wave) withstand voltage.

f) Impulse flashover ( 1.2 / 50 Mico

second wave) voltage +Ve

g) Impulse flshover (1.2 /50 Micro

second wave) Voltage –Ve

h) Dry Flashover voltage

i) Wet Flashover Voltage

Mechanical characteristic of Insulator

a) Minimum failing load.

b) Minimum creeping distance

Minimum cantilever strength for pin / post

insulators.

Colour of Glaze

Standard according to which porclain

insulators shall be manufactured and

tested.

Size of Insulators

a) Height

b) Overall outside diameter

Ball and socket size




Weight per unit ( Approx.)

Tolerance in dimension if any

Suspension / Tension Hardware

a) Material used

b) Minimum failing load

Type of Hardware i.e. Crimping / Bolted.

d) Standard to which hardware confirm

e) Suitable for ACSR conductor size

f) Grade & standard Galvanizing if any.

D) ACSR CONDUCTOR:

Sr.

No.

Particulars Unit Details of

Conductor

MINK DOG

1 2 3 4 5

Name of ACSR conductor & make

Wire diameter

(a) Aluminium

(b) Steel

m

m

Conductors per phase No

Inter phase spacing m

Nominal Aluminium area Sq.mm

Total conductor area Sq.mm

Calculated resistance at 20 Deg. (Max) for

conductor

hm/Km

Approx calculated breaking load Sq.mm

Modulus of elasticity Sq.mm




Coefficient of linear expansion Sqmm.

1

Overall diameter mm

2

Weight of conductor Kg/Km

3 I.S. code for erection of conductor --

4

I.S. code for Elect. & Mech. Characteristic

of conductor -

GROUND WIRE :-

1) Size SWZ/MM

2) Location

RSJ Poles shall confirm the specific technical requirement as under :- (N.A.)

1) Size - mm

2) Weight - Kg Per Mtr.

3) Cross section area - cm

4) Width of flange - mm

5) Thickness of flange - mm

6) Thickness of web - mm

7) Moment of Inertia - a) IXX cm

b) IYY cm

8) Radius of Gyration - a) RXX cm

b) IYY cm

9) Moduli of section - a) ZXX cm

b) ZYY cm

10) Span length in meter - m ( Approx)

11) Wind load on conductors - Kg/m.




G) INSULATOR

1) INSULATOR STRING

Single Tension string.

a) No. of standard Disc Nos.

b) Size of Disc mm

c) Electro Mechanical strength KN

H) XLPE AND PVC POWER CABLES

Sr.

No.

Name of manufacturer XLPE3

X70

mm2

PVC 3½ x

35 mm2

1 Voltage grade KV

2 Size Sq.mm.

3 Nominal area of conductor 1) Nos

2) mm

4 Number and dia of strands in

conductor

mm

5 Nominal diameter of conductor

6 Conductor material

7 Type of material for

a) Conductor shielding and

thickness

8 Insulation details

a) Type

b) Thickness mm




9 Nominal thickness of PVC mm

10 Nominal thickness of XLPE

insulation

mm

a) Process used for application

11 Overall diameter of cable mm

12 Weight of finished cable Kg/Km

13 Details of drum

a) Standard drum length M

b) Tolerance on standard drum

length

+ %

c) Approx. Gross weight ( For

normal delivry length)

Kg.

14 D.C. resistance at operating temp.

200 C

Ohm/Km

15 A.C. resistance at operating temp.

90 C

Ohm/Km

16 Inductance when cables are laid in

close

i) Trefoil formation MH/KM

ii) Horizontal formation MH/KM

17 Capacitance FD/KM

18 Dielectric loss at reted voltage and

frequency

Watt / KM




19 Charging current at rated voltage

and frequency

AMP / Km.

20 Permissible maximum temperature

of conductor for continuous

operation at rated current.

0C

21 Continuous current rating single

core cable laid in

At 400 C At

900C

i) Trefoil formation

a) Direct in ground Amp

b) In duct Amp

c) In Air Amp

2 Short circuit rating of cable for At 200 C At

900C

i) One second duration KA

ii) Three second duration KA

3 Final temperature of conductor

during (22) above with

temperatures prior to short circuit

50 C and 90 C

0C

4 Minimum bending radius for

installation

mm

5 Reference to standard specification

for current rating and derating

factors.

6 Impulsive level KVP

7 Permissible tension in cable. Kg.




SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION –––– XIXIXIXI

DRAWINGSDRAWINGSDRAWINGSDRAWINGS